IMD 1.18: 21/01/2023 18:14:43 PRQ-SFT-NBD-8 3RCC PERQ MORE DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 single density, double sided D.6 Group name Command file DOCUMENTATION-2 2DOC.CMD  enu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 POPUPC.PAS Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS  INITSH.SEG :LINK - LINK.6=LINK LINK.SEG 4.3 LINK.SEG :LINK - LO 1.1 PROFILE.PAS Module for accessing the profile. QUICKSORT.PAS 1.2 QUICKS.PAS GIN.6=LOGIN LOGIN.SEG 2.0 LOGIN.SEG PROFILE.SEG 1.1 PROFIL.SEG USERPASS.SEG 1.4 US Sorts arrays, integers and strings. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS High-quERPA.SEG MULTIREAD.SEG 1.0 MULTIR.SEG POPCMDPARSE.SEG 1.8 POPCMD.SEG POPUP.SEG 2.4 POPUality random number generator. Progress module for utilities. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS232B.PAS P.SEG POPUPCURS.SEG 2.1 POPUPC.SEG QUICKSORT.SEG 1.2 QUICKS.SEG RANDOMNUMBERS.SEG 1.2 RANDOM Set RS232 baud rate with optional enable input. SHELL.PARAS - SHELL.PAR .SEG RS232BAUD.SEG 1.1 RS232B.SEG SHELLDEFS.SEG 1.0 SHELLD.SEG UTILPROGRESS.SEG 1.16 UTILPR.S Information necessary to generate SHELL/HELP. SHELL.PAS 3.4 SHELL.PAS Top-level commanEG >OS.IO.SOURCE - INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM SOURCE MODULES filed processor. SHELLDEFS.PAS 1.0 SHELLD.PAS Definition of SHELL. Data format. USERPASS.PAS  name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------------------shell. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPIB.PAS Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488  1.4 USERPA.PAS Lookup user name/password pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS  bus. HELPER.PAS 1.1 HELPER.PAS Module for presenting help menu. INITSHELL.PAS  User for showing progress of utility programs. >OS.PROGRAMS.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM P 2.2 INITSH.PAS Does initialization for Shell. LINK.PAS 4.3 LINK.PAS ROGRAMS BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  Q-Code linker. LOGIN.PAS 2.0 LOGIN.PAS Login program. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0  --------------------------- CLOCK.SEG 1.6 CLOCK.SEG CMDPARSE.SEG 3.6  MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast multisector read of a file. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS  CMDPAR.SEG DOSWAP.SEG 1.0 DOSWAP.SEG GPIB.SEG 1.3 GPIB.SEG HELPER.SEG 1.1 H Popup window command parse. POPUP.PAS 2.4 POPUP.PAS Provides a Pop Up MELPER.SEG :LINK - SHELL.6=SHELL SHELL.SEG 3.4 SHELL.SEG INITSHELL.SEG 2.2  :r[NJ `J 8 d9k*K: H d9k*KrJ H i|L[J ` d@j&t* d@j&s     # OPFL&J m㭁m`n}ʷn`n`m']m`"ʷZ)  Interrupt service for 10 MBaud ethernet. FILEACCESS.PAS 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File sel disk input/output routines. SCREEN.PAS 3.12 SCREEN.PAS Screen manager. ystem segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6 FILEDE.PAS Definitions used by the File System. FI >OS.IO.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM IO BINARY FILES file name version file name on flopLEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS File system directory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILEpy --------- short description. ---------------------------- ALLOCDISK.SEG 2.8 SY.PAS File system--high-level disk input/output routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2ALLOCD.SEG DISKIO.SEG 3.12 DISKIO.SEG ETHER10IO.SEG 1.8 ETHER1.SEG ETHERINTERRUPT.SEG 1.1 ET FILETY.PAS Definitions for the file type field. FILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS HERI.SEG FILEACCESS.SEG 1.7 FILEAC.SEG FILEDEFS.SEG 1.6 FILEDE.SEG FILEDIR.SEG 2.6 FILE File utilities not needed by system. IO.PAS 4.8 IO.PAS Input/output manageDI.SEG FILESYSTEM.SEG 7.3 FILESY.SEG FILEUTILS.SEG 1.10 FILEUT.SEG IO.SEG 4.8 IO.SEGr. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS Input/output error number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1. IOERRMESSAGES.SEG 1.1 IOERRM.SEG IO_INIT.SEG 5.9 IOINIT.SEG IO_OTHERS.SEG 5.7 IOOTHE.SEG 1 IOERRM.PAS Names for the Input/output errors. IO_INIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS IO_PRIVATE.SEG 5.9 IOPRIV.SEG IO_UNIT.SEG 6.2 IOUNIT.SEG PMATCH.SEG 2.5 PMATCH.SEG RE Input/output manager initialization. IO_OTHERS.PAS 5.7 IOOTHE.PAS Other Input/outpADDISK.SEG 1.4 READDI.SEG SCREEN.SEG 3.12 SCREEN.SEG >OS.MISCELLANEOUS - OPERut manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 5.9 IOPRIV.PAS Interrupt procedures and prATING SYSTEM SPECIAL FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. --------- ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PAS Allocation of sectors from the disk free ivate definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IOUNIT.PAS The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. P list. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 DISKIO.PAS Medium-level disk input/output routines. ETHERMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS Directory search with wild cards. RASTER.PAS - R10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS Ethernet IO interface. ETHERINTERRUPT.PAS 1.1 ETHERI.PAS ASTER.PAS Raster-op definitions. READDISK.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS Upper-lev  ͚  Fc*** Mounting hard disk...`` cmdone.`c}  ʷ} aJ`ʷɺ!a ]m㭁m}ʷ}`}f}K`m)` ' 9˼m``}@'m㲂mn`" m'p}r㭆r} ʷr} ʷ} `} @'}  ?} o'5} 㲈}} to'up'vq's } 'c}sr'}s }rr`}}qH㭁 ab t v   l n     ` b   H    ---------------------------- DEFAULT.PROFILE - DEFAUL.PRO E.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS Command parser. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS  Default login profile. DELETE.CURSOR - DELETE.CUR Cursor used when delete is busy.  Run file and seg file definitions. CONTROLSTORE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.PAS Load controlstore and j DIRTREE.CURSOR - DIRTRE.CUR Cursor used by Dirtree program. FIX13.KST - ump to controlstore. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 DISKIO.PAS Medium-level disk input/output routines. D FIX13.KST System character set file. SCAVENGER.ANIMATE - SCAVEN.ANI FilYNAMIC.PAS 1.4 DYNAMI.PAS Dynamic allocation routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS e of cursors for scavenger. SYSTEM.USERS - SYSTEM.USE Valid system users and passwords. S 1.0 EEB.DFS Exception Enable Block definitions--common to Pascal and microcYSTEM.6.CONFIG - SYSTEM.CON Description of swappability for use by MakeBoot. UTILPROGRESS.CURode. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDITK.PAR Souce to generate .HELP files for EDITOR. ETHER10IO.PAS SOR - UTILPR.CUR Cursor used by Utilprogress. >OS.NOSOURCE.SOURCE - OP 1.8 ETHER1.PAS Ethernet IO interface. EXCEPT.PAS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS ERATING SYSTEM NONSOURCE FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1.4 EXCEPT.DFS Definitions of the exceptions--comm ---------------------------- ACB.DFS 1.1 ACB.DFS on to microcode and Pascal. FILEACCESS.PAS 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File Activation control block definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 A system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6 FILEDE.PAS Definitions used by the File System. LLOCD.PAS Allocation of sectors from the disk free list. ARITH.PAS 2.2 FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS File system directory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FI ARITH.PAS Double precision arithmetic for the disk system. CLOCK.PAS LESY.PAS File system--high-level disk input/output routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set, convert time and date as TimeStamp or String. CMDPARS.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions for the file type field. FILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS  n PERQ Computer. Copyright (C) 1981, 1982 Three Rivers Computer Corporation 720 Gross Str - 1 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Introduction eet Pittsburgh, PA 15224 (412) 621-6250 PERQ Introductory User Manual 04 Feb 82  04 Feb 82 2. Introduction. PERQ is Three Rivers Computer Corporation's personal computer which provid This document is not to be reproduced in any form or transmitted in whole or in es an integrated computing system for a single user. All PERQs come with the following hardware features: a) 16-bipart, without the prior written authorization of Three Rivers Computer Corporation. The information in this doct micro programmed processor b) High-resolution graphics using a 1024 X 768 bit mapped raster display c) Standument is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Three Rivers Computerard keyboard with special function keys d) 12-megabyte Winchester technology disk drive e) RS232 & GPIB I/O interfaces Corporation. The Company assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.  f) 512k bytes of main memory g) Pointing tablet h) Speech output Optional features are: a) 24 megabyteThree Rivers Computer Corporation will make every effort to keep customers apprised of all documentation changes as  quickly as possible. The Reader's Comments card is distrib- uted with this document to request users' critical evalu- ation to assist us in preparing future documentation. PERQ is a trademark of Three Rivers Computer Corporation. - ii - PERQ Introductory  PERQ Introductory User Manual Donald A. Scelza User Manual - Preface. 04 Feb 82 1. Preface This manual provides an introduction to the PERQ Diana Connan Forgy Brad A. Myers Bob Amber. The manual explains general concepts of the PERQ system; you should be familar with the concepts before using the PERQ.  This manual provides an introduction to the use of the Three Rivers Computer Corporatio This manual also supplies information to boot the PERQ system.   MOVEME.PAS Memory manager utility to move segments. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS  RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS232B.PAS Set RS232 baud rate with optional enable input Does a very fast multisector read of a file. PASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS Handl. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS Procedures to read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 Res double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS 0.1 PASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ_STRING.PAS UNWRI.PAS Procedures to write run files. SCREEN.PAS 3.12 SCREEN.PAS S File utilities not needed by system. GETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 GETTIM.PAS Get time and  2.4 PERQST.PAS String manipulation package. PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMAdate as TimeStamp. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPIB.PAS Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 TCH.PAS Directory search with wild cards. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS  bus. IO.PAS 4.8 IO.PAS Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.PAS 2.4 POPUP.PAS Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for 1.2 IOERRO.PAS Input/output error number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 POPUPC.PAS Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1  Names for the Input/output errors. IO_INIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS Input/output mPROFILE.PAS Module for accessing the profile. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS anager initialization. IO_OTHERS.PAS 5.7 IOOTHE.PAS Other Input/output manager procedures and High-quality random number generator. Progress module for utilities. RASTER.PAS - RA functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 5.9 IOPRIV.PAS Interrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNSTER.PAS Raster-op definitions. RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS Routine dictioIT.PAS 6.2 IOUNIT.PAS The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2 nary definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. READDISK.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS  LIGHTS.PAS Definitions of the lights. LOADER.PAS 2.6 LOADER.PAS  Upper-level disk input/output routines. READER.PAS 2.1 READER.PAS Stream package iPerq Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 MEMORY.PAS Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a nput conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 REALFU.PAS Standard floating-point functions.   - 2 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Turnin14:30:00 The seconds are optional and the spaces in the date can be replaced by hyphens (27-Mar-82). There is usually ag the PERQ on 04 Feb 82 3. Turning the PERQ on and off. Refer to the Installation Guide before using your PERQ default date and time given at login. If the date is accurate, enter only the time or, type a carriage return to confirm. The PERQ's power switch is located on the front panel in the groove below the floppy disk drive. The switch is right o both date and time. If it is not accurate or if there is no default, enter the correct date and time. Next, you will be f center and is labeled OFF/ON. Pushing the switch to the right powers on the PERQ. The fans start; if you do not hearasked to login. You must supply a user name and password to be allowed access to the machine. After the operating system h them check to see that the machine is plugged in. When the PERQ is plugged in, the small neon light in the lower right hanas been loaded onto a machine, the names defined are "Guest" and "" (the empty string; just press the Carriage Return key). Sd side of the back glows. If the light is out, check the electrical outlet. If there is power at the outlet or the ee "UserControl" in the Utility Programs Manual for instructions on how to add other user names. After you have successfully light is glowing and you still do not hear the fans then call your local service representative. The PERQ takes about two milogged in, the command interpreter, Shell, will be loaded and you will be able to execute commands. Before turning the PEnutes to boot after it is turned on allowing the disk to spin up to speed. At this point the Diagnostic Display (DDS) rRQ off, you should always log off using the Bye program. If you just power down, some temporary files on the disk will not eads 999. Refer to Section 12 for boot procedures and information on the DDS. If the machine has not booted aftebe cleaned up. Type: BYE OFF - 3 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Turning t disk b) 4k X 48-bit writable control store c) 1 megabyte of main memory d) 8 inch floppy disk drive PERQ pror two or three minutes, try pressing the Boot button on the back of the keyboard. If this does not cause the machine to vides a large, 32-bit, segmented virtual address space. Virtual addresses are mapped into a 20-bit physical address. Thboot, call your local service represent- ative. After the PERQ boots, you will be asked to enter the time of day. The tie supplied software provides a functional program development environment. The system includes a text editor, a Pascal cme and date is given in the form: DD MMM YY HH:MM:SS The time notation uses a 24-hour clock. Iompiler, interactive stack dump for debugging, file management utilities, and support for micro program development. f you were logging in on the 27th of March, 1982 at 2:30 in the afternoon you'd type 27 mar 82   common to Pascal and microcode. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WRITER.PAS Stream pa40.KST CAN40P.KST - CAN40P.KST CANON.SEG 1.0 CANON.SEG CAN.SEG 1.0 CAN.ckage output conversion routines. >CANON.SOURCE - CANON PRINTER SOURCE FILSEG CANP.SEG 1.0 CANP.SEG CANON.BIN 1.0 CANON.BIN CANONBLOCK.SEG 1.0 CANONB.SEES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------G CANONUTILS.SEG 1.0 CANONU.SEG INFILE.SEG 1.0 INFILE.SEG CBT.SEG 1.0 CBT.SEG ------------------- CANON.PAS 1.0 CANON.PAS Main PASCAL interface to CANON LBP-10 lase >OS.CMD - OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE COMMAND FILES file name version file namer printer. CAN.PAS 1.0 CAN.PAS CANON laser printer, fixed width font document print  on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- INITDISK.CMD - program. CANP.PAS 1.0 CANP.PAS CANON laser printer, proportional sp INITDI.CMD Partitions and initializes disk. LOADDISK.CMD - LOADDI.CMD creen manager. SCROUNGE.PAS 0.14 SCROUN.PAS The preliminary debugger. SHELL.PARAS aced font document print program. CANON.MICRO 1.0 CANON.MIC Microcod- SHELL.PAR Information necessary to generate SHELL/HELP. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS e support required for, and loaded by CANON.PAS. CANONBLOCK.PAS 1.0 CANONB.PAS PASCAL module  Stream package base routines - Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS to support memory bit image dump to CANON LBP-10. CANONUTILS.PAS 1.0 CANONU.PAS  Operating system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS Common system definitions. USE General utility routines for CANON. INFILE.PAS 1.0 INFILE.PAS High speed disk buRPASS.PAS 1.3 USERPA.PAS Lookup user name/password pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILffer reading support for CANON modules. CBT.PAS 1.0 CBT.PAS Test program for CANONBLOCPR.PAS User for showing progress of utility programs. VIRTUAL.PAS 2.8 VIRTUA.PAS K. >CANON.BINARY - CANON PRINTER BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy ---------  The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 VRD.DFS Variable Routine Descriptor Definitionsshort description. ---------------------------- CAN40.KST - CAN you can always turn the machine off by moving the power switch to the left. See "BYE" in the Utility Programs Manual.  original program will resume execution. If the debugger is used, the user can request that the program be resumed   after investigating the state. For a more complete description of the debugger, see the "PERQ Utility Pro - 4 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Control Characters and Spec04 Feb 82 4. Control Characters and Special- grams Manual." HELP - pressing the HELP key by itself displays a general help message. If you press  Keys. The PERQ operating system recognizes a number of special control characters. These control characters perfor the key after typing a command, the display contains specific help information for the command. m simple input line editing and program control. The valid control characters are: BACK SPACE or ^H - erases the - 5 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - The Command Interpreter 04 Feb 82  last character typed by the user. ^W or ^BACK SPACE - erases the last word typed by the user.  5. The Command Interpreter, The Shell. The command interpreter for the PERQ operating system runs as a separate usOOPS or ^U - erases the last line typed by the user. ^C - typed once causes a current program to abort the next tier program. It is possible for the user to replace the command interpreter with his own (see the section on "Login" in the me that it asks the operating system for input. ^C - typed twice causes the current program to abort immedia PERQ Utility Programs Manual). The name of the command interpreter supplied with the system is the Shell. The Shell taktely. However, user this does not cause user command files to exit; see ^SHIFT C. ^S - causes program outpues commands from the user terminal or from a user command file and executes them. It does not distinguish between uppt to the screen to be suspended. ^Q - allows output to the screen to resume after a ^S. ^SHIFT C - causes a dumper and lower case letters; you can use whichever you prefer. The commands in a user command file look exactly as if they were of the runtime stack and an immediate return to the Shell. If a command file was being executed, it is  typed at the terminal. However, the cursor is a lighter shade so that you can distinguish command file execution from a tyaborted and control is returned to the keyboard. ^SHIFT D - causes a dump of the runtime stack to be ped command. The PERQ Utilities Programs Manual describes user command files and how to use them. The general form of ahe PERQ on 04 Feb 82 to log off and turn the power off for the machine automatically. If this is not possible,  printed and the preliminary debugger (called Scrounge) can then be entered. If the debugger is not entered, the  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- BYE.em date and time. USERCONTROL.PAS 1.4 USERCO.PAS Add/delete users from the password file. PAS 2.2 BYE.PAS Logoff. DETAILS.PAS 1.11 DETAIL.PAS  >UTILITY.OTHERS.BINARY - UTILITY OTHER BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppPrint system status information. EDITOR.PAS 2.0 EDIT.PAS Editor main program. EDITORI.PAy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 2.2 BS 2.0 EDITI.PAS Editor initialization module. EDITORU.PAS 2.0 EDITU.PAS YE BYE.SEG - BYE.SEG GOODBY.BIN - GOODBY.BIN :LINK 1.11 DETAILS DET Editor utilities module. EDITORK.PAS 2.0 EDITK.PAS Editor key-selection modAILS.SEG - DETAIL.SEG :LINK 2.0 EDITOR EDITOR.SEG - EDIT.SEG EDITORI.SEGule. EDITORT.PAS 2.0 EDITT.PAS Editor termination module. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 ED - EDITI.SEG EDITORK.SEG - EDITK.SEG EDITORU.SEG - EDITU.SEG EDITORT.SEG ITK.PAR Souce to generate .HELP files for EDITOR. EXPANDTABS.PAS 1.0 EXPAND.PAS  - EDITT.SEG :LINK 1.0 EXPANDTABS EXPANDTABS.SEG - EXPAND.SEG :LINK  Copy a text file and expand tabs to 8 character columns. FINDSTRING.PAS 2.1 FINDST.PAS 2.1 FINDSTRING FINDSTRING.SEG - FINDST.SEG :LINK 0.0 HELPGEN HELPGEN.SEG -  Searches files in directory for specified string. GOODBY.MICRO 1.0 GOODBY.MIC  HELPGE.SEG :LINK 4.4 MAKEBOOT MAKEBOOT.SEG - MAKEBO.SEG :LINK 1.4  Loads system floppies. MINIT1.CMD - MINIT1.CMD Makes fix boot floppy. MINI Power down microcode. HELPGEN.PAS 0.0 HELPGE.PAS Get description from Fred. submitT2.CMD - MINIT2.CMD Makes load boot floppy. MKSTBU.CMD - MKSTBU.CMD ted 1/27 updated 1/30. MAKEBOOT.PAS 4.4 MAKEBO.PAS Make SYSTEM.nn.BOOT files. PATCH.PAS  Make streamer boot floppy. NOSRC.LOADDISK.CMD - NOSLOD.CMD Loads system fl 1.7 PATCH.PAS Program to peek and poke into files. PERQ.FILES.PAS 1.3 PERQFI.PAS oppies for nonsource systems. >UTILITY.OTHERS.SOURCE - UTILITIES SOURCES file name  Program to gobble this file. SETTIME.PAS 2.0 SETTIM.PAS Sets the syst  04 Feb 82 6. Specifying Commands and Arguments. The Shell uses a default file name as the parameter to certIf a switch accepts a parameter, specify the parameter after the switch, but preceded by an equal sign (=). For example: ain programs if no parameter is provided. This file name is the last file name typed to one of these programs. The Editor /switch=parameter The effect of a switch is global; regardless of where the switch appears on the command line, it Shell command line is a command or program name, followed by any number of optional parameters, followed by any number of, Compiler, and Linker use and set the default file name. The TypeFile program uses the default file name but does not se optional switches. Some of the switches take parameters. For example: Compile SourceProgram/Symbols=32 compiles a t it. The PERQ Utility Programs Manual provides more details on these programs. Other programs require that you spe Pascal program in file SourceProgram using 32 symbol table blocks. All switches begin with a "/". An example of a progrcify arguments. If a command requires an input and an output argument, you can specify the arguments as either am that takes a number of parameters on the command line is the Copy program. The form is: Copy SourceFile~Destinati INPUT~OUTPUT or INPUT OUTPUT You can separate the input and output arguments with multiple spaconFile An example of a program that takes multiple switches is the Linker. A Linker command line might be: Link Sources; only the initial space delimiter is relevant. However, if a command accepts multiple input or output arguments, you eProgram/Verbose/StackSize=1024 When you supply a command line to the Shell, it extracts the first symbol on the line amust separate like arguments with commas (,) and distinguish input from output with the tilda character (~). For example: nd does a unique substring lookup of the symbol against a small set of commonly used commands. You can get a list of these input1,input2,...inputn ~ output1.output2,...outputn If a command accepts multiple input arguments and no out commands by typing "?" or the HELP key. If a match is found, the Shell executes the command. If no match is found, thput arguments, you must separate the arguments with a comma (,). Switches modify the action of the command and therefore mue Shell assumes the symbol is the name of an executable runfile (the output of the Linker), and attempts to execute it. st follow the command specification. An exception is the Help switch (either type /HELP or press the HELP key); when Commands can also be invoked by means of a menu if you have booted from the harddisk. See the section on "PopUp Menus" specified before the command, the Help switch supplies general information and when specified after a command, the  below. - 6 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Commands and Arguments  Help switch provides specific information. Switches always start with a slash (/) and are generally optional.  SEG :LINK 2.0 SETTIME SETTIME.SEG - SETTIM.SEG :LINK 1.4 USERCONTROL  Network name to address module. SAIL_STRING.PAS 2.4 SAILST.PAS String Manipulation Pac USERCONTROL.SEG - USERCO.SEG >UTILITY.DEVICE.SOURCE - UTILITIES DEVICES file name kage. SETBAUD.PAS 0.0 SETBAU.PAS Program to set RS232 Baud rate. >UTILITY.DEVICE.BINARY  version file name on floppy ---------- short description. --------------------------- CHAT- UTILITY DEVICE BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. TER.PAS 0.6 CHATTE.PAS RS232 dumb terminal program. FLOPPYCOPY.PAS 2.2 FLPCOP.PA ---------------------------- :LINK 0.6 CHATTER S Floppydup part of floppy (formerly COPYFLOPPY). FLOPPY.PAS 3.2 FLOPPY.PAS  CHATTER.SEG - CHATTE.SEG :LINK 3.2 FLOPPY FLOPPY.SEG - FLOPPY.SEG FLOPP Main program for general floppy utility FLOPPYDEFS.PAS 0.0 FLPDEF.PAS Global defs for YDEFS.SEG - FLPDFS.SEG FLOPPYCOPY.SEG 2.1 FLPCOP.SEG FLOPPYUTILS.SEG 0.1 FLPUTI.SEG FLOPPYFfloppy FLOPPYUTILS.PAS 0.1 FLPUTI.PAS Utility routines for floppy FLOPPYFORMAT.PAS 0.1 ORMAT.SEG 0.1 FLPFOR.SEG FLOPPYTRANSFERS.SEG 0.1 FLPTRA.SEG :LINK 4.7 FTP.SEG FTP.SEG  FLPFOR.PAS Diskette format routines for floppy (formerly module FORMAT). FTPUTILS - FTP.SEG FTPUTILS.SEG 4.2 FTPUTI.SEG FTPUSER.SEG 4.8 FTPUSE.SEG GETNETADDR.SEG .PAS 4.2 FTPUTILS.PAS Utilities for file transfer module. FTPUSER.PAS 4.8 FTPU 1.0 GETNET.SEG SAIL_STRING.SEG 2.4 SAILST.SEG :LINK 2.13 PRINT PRINT.SEG - SE.PAS Implements all the commands. FTP.PAS 4.7 FTP.PAS File tran PRINT.SEG :LINK 0.0 SETBAUD SETBAUD.SEG - SETBAU.SEG ETHERNET.NAMES - Esfer program. PRINT.PAS 2.13 PRINT.PAS Print a text file on an HP 7310A printer or THERN.NAM >UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE - FILE SYSTEM UTILITIES SOURCES  through the TNW GPIB to RS232 converter. FLOPPYTRANSFERS.PAS 0.1 FLPTRA.PAS Utility  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------- PATCH PATCH.SEG - PATCH.SEG :LINK 1.3 PERQ.FILES PERQ.FILES.SEG - PERQFI.routines for floppy (formerly RT11 and RT11Utils). GETNETADDR.PAS 1.0 GETNET.PAS  r of letters unique to other command names. However, this does not work for filenames. The user's profile file specifi ___ /\ Key / y\ /\ /\ y = Yellow / \/ \ w = White es the set of commands recognized by the Shell. You can use a copy of the file DEFAULT.PROFILE initially. Later, \w /\ g/ g = Green \/ \/ b = Blue \ b/ \/  you may wish to define commands of your own. Refer to the section on "Profiles" below.  - 9 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - PopUp Menus 04 Feb  - 8 - PERQ Introductory User Manual -82 8. PopUp Menus. The Shell and the FLOPPY and FTP utility programs allow their arguments to be entered  The Pointing Device 04 Feb 82 7. The Pointing Device. PERQs are supplied with a bit pad and pen or puck. Inby means of menus. (This only works, however, if you have booted from the harddisk.) The menu holds a list of all lega has the same effect. A switch applies to every argument. If a command accepts multiple input or output arguments, n the normal mode, the cursor on the screen follows the movement of the pen. If the pen is in the upper-left corner of the o switch applies to one and not another argument. The PERQ Utilities Programs Manual provides details on the general syntax.tablet, the cursor will be in the upper-left corner of the screen. The PERQ can read the pen position when the pen is ne For most programs on the PERQ, arguments that have defaults will print the default answer in square brackets ("[]"). Tar the tablet surface. If you press down on the pen, a small switch closes. This is called a "press" of the pen. The editohis answer can be chosen by simply typing a carriage return (thus providing an empty argument). To supply a differer and some other programs use the pen for pointing and drawing. As an option, the pen can be exchanged for a four-bnt value, type the value followed by a carriage return. For example, if: - 7 - PEutton puck. The puck rests on the tablet and uses a circle with cross hairs for positioning. The four buttons are arRQ Introductory User Manual - Commands and Arguments 04 Feb 82 Delete FileName.Seg [No]: is the prompt for an ranged in a diamond as shown below. In all cases, a press of the top (yellow) button on the puck functions exactly like the argument, a carriage return means no. Of course, you could type "yes" or "no" as the argument. Most programs do not dipress on the pen. For programs which do not distinguish between the buttons, the other buttons also act like a press. The stinguish between upper and lower case for arguments or commands. In addition, you can abbreviate a command to the numbe editor, however, assigns different functions to the other three buttons (see the "Editor User's Guide").   floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 2.1 of QCode instruction names and numbers. PERQ.QCODE.1 - QCODE.1 Opcod APPEND APPEND.SEG - APPEND.SEG :LINK 5.3 COPY COPY.SEG - COPY.SEG e interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.QCODE.2 - QCODE.2 --------------------- APPEND.PAS 3.1 APPEND.PAS Append a file to the end of another. COPY :LINK 2.4 DELETE DELETE.SEG - DELETE.SEG :LINK 4.4 DIRECT DIRECT.S.PAS 5.3 COPY.PAS Copy a file to another. DELETE.PAS 2.4 DELETE.PAS EG - DIRECT.SEG :LINK 2.1 DIRTREE DIRTREE.SEG - DIRTRE.SEG :LINK  Delete a file or files. DIRECT.PAS 4.4 DIRECT.PAS Print a directory listi 0.4 FIXPART FIXPART.SEG - FIXPAR.SEG :LINK 1.3 MAKEDIR MAKEDIR.SEG -ng. DIRTREE.PAS 3.2 DIRTRE.PAS Display the directory structure of a partition  MAKEDI.SEG :LINK 3.1 PARTITION PARTITION.SEG - PARTIT.SEG :LINK 5.3  as a tree. FIXPART.PAS 0.5 FIXPAR.PAS Fix smashed partition or disk information bl RENAME RENAME.SEG - RENAME.SEG :LINK 3.2 SCAVENGER SCAVENGER.SEG - SCocks. MAKEDIR.PAS 2.2 MAKEDI.PAS Make directories. PARTITION.PAS 3.2 PARTIT.PAAVEN.SEG :LINK 1.2 SETSEARCH SETSEARCH.SEG - SETSEA.SEG :LINK 4.2 TYPEFS Initialize partitions on disks. RENAME.PAS 5.3 RENAME.PAS Change tILE TYPEFILE.SEG - TYPEFI.SEG >MICROCODE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file name version he name of a file. SCAVENGER.PAS 3.2 SCAVEN.PAS Analyze and reconstruct disks and directories file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- . DIRSCAVENGE.PAS - DIRSCA.PAS Reconstruct directories. SETSEARCH.PAS 1.3 SETSEA PERQ.MICRO 2.4 PERQ.MIC Perq Q-code interpreter microcode. PERQ.DFS 1.PAS Change search lists TYPEFILE.PAS 4.2 TYPEFI.PAS Type file to the .4 PERQ.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and entrypoints used by Perq.Mconsole. >UTILITY.FILE.BINARY - UTILITY FILE SEG FILES file name version file name onicro and other microprograms. PERQ.QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS Definitions  opUp menu, simply press the pen or puck. The menu appears at the current cursor position. The cursor can then be moved up or - 10 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - The "Lights" 04 Feb 82 9. The "Lights". The PERQ does  down inside the menu to select the desired command. The selected command is highlighted by reverse video. A prenot have a front panel full of lights like many computers. To show the occurrence of certain long operations, the PEss over the selected command causes it to be invoked just as if the user had typed the command on the keyboard. If the meRQ simulates these lights by inverting small squares on the top of the PERQ screen. If the standard system window is displanu is not large enough to hold all the commands, a scrolling mechanism is provided. When scrolling is necessary, a yed, the lights will appear inside the title line. Currently, three lights are used by the PERQ operating system. The lef "gauge" is displayed in a black border at the bottom left of the menu. When you move the cursor over this area, the curstmost is used to show when the PERQ is doing a disk or floppy recalibration. This is done when the microcode is confusedor changes to a scroll. A press here allows scrolling. Moving the cursor to _____ ________ the right while pres about where the heads are. Opening the floppy door during a disk operation usually causes this to happen. The ligsing causes the menu text to scroll up and _____ ________ moving the cursor to theht is located 5/8 inches from the left margin (about 6 characters from the left). The next light is used when the file sy left while pressing causes the text to scroll down. The further the cursor is moved from the original press position,stem is attempting to fix up a file at run-time. This is needed occasionally when a file system operation has not completl commands or arguments, and the pointing tablet can be used to specify the selection. Using a menu is sometimes more conv the faster the text scrolls. A line in the gauge shows how fast the menu is scrolling. Of course, you cannot scroll pastenient than typing out the name of the command or argument desired. PopUp menus appear when requested. When the selecti either end of the menu. (Each end is signified by a row of "~"). Releasing the button causes scrolling to stop. If yoon is made, the menu disappears and restores the screen space that was covered by the menu. Using PopUp menus, thereforeu press in an illegal part of the menu, or if you try to invoke a menu and have typed some text, the PERQ beeps. If a me, does not require sacrificing any screen area. For the Shell, you can invoke a menu whenever the prompt (">:") is displanu is displayed and you press outside of the menu, the menu disappears, causing no side effects. In addition, if you tyyed and no characters have been typed. (The prompt is actually a dark grey, right pointing triangle.) To invoke a Ppe ^C or ^Shift-C while a menu is displayed, the menu disappears.  utines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.INIT - PERQ.INI Initialization for Perq.Micro. RORE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descriptionO.MICRO 0.6 RO.MIC Raster-op microcode. LINE.MICRO 1.1 LINE.MIC . ---------------------------- ETHER10.MICRO 4.0 ETHER1.MIC  Line drawing microcode. IO.MICRO 1.10 IO.MIC Input/output microcode. IO.DF 10 MBaud ethernet microcode. >MICROCODE.MORE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version file nS 1.5 IO.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and entrypoints ame on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- ETHER10.BINARY used by IO.Micro and other microprograms. IOE3.MICRO 1.2 IOE3.MIC Mi 4.0 ETHER1.BIN >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE - MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCES file name  Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.QCODE.3 - QCODE.3 crocode to drive the 3MBaud EtherNet. VFY.MICRO 1.8 VFY.MIC Verify that the hardware seem Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 3). PERQ.QCODE.4 - QCODE.4 s to work. SYSB.MICRO 2.5 SYSB.MIC System boot microcode. BOOT.MICRO 4.0 B Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 4). PERQ.QCODE.5 - QCOOOT.MIC Boot-prom microcode. KRNL.MICRO 1.2 KRNL.MIC Perq microcode DE.5 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 5). PERQ.QCODE.6 - kernel. LINK.MICRO 1.2 LINK.MIC 16-bit parallel interface microcode.  QCODE.6 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 6). PERQ.QCODE.7  >MICROCODE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy --- - QCODE.7 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 7). PERQ.FLO------ short description. ---------------------------- PERQ.BIN 2.4 PERQ.BIAT.MUL _ FLOAT.MUL Special multiply for floating point. PERQ.ROUTINE.1 - ROUTIN.N IO.BIN 1.10 IO.BIN VFY.BIN 1.8 VFY.BIN SYSB.BIN 2.5 SYSB.BIN BOOT.BIN1 Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.ROUTINE.2 - ROUTIN.2 Subro 4.0 BOOT.BIN KRNL.BIN 1.2 KRNL.BIN LINK.BIN 1.2 LINK.BIN >MICROCODE.M  ight is "lit." The swapping light appears about 2-1/4 inches from the left margin (about 24 characters from the left). omit the :partition> and the directory> syntax elements (see the description of the Path command in the PERQ Utiliti - 11 - PERQ Introductory Useres Programs Manual). ______ 1. Device names are usually assigned by the user. Examples of dev Manual - Specifying a Filename 04 Feb 82 10. Specifying a Filename. The PERQ file system is described in detaiices include floppy and hard disk. The syntax used to denote a device name is: device: If you l in the PERQ File System Utilities Manual. This is a brief overview, a short introduction to path and filenames, a descripomit the device name, the system assumes the name of the device you booted from. Each PERQ is given a name, which tion of the various ways to specify a filename, and an explanation of the wildcard convention. ________ __ ___ ____ ___ is usually the device name of the hard disk. _______ A device _ ______ Overview of the PERQ File System The PERQ file system has a hierarchical structure. This is refis accessable when it is mounted. See the description of "Mount" in the PERQ Utilities Programs Manual. lected in the syntax of filenames. Files are stored on devices, which are divided into partitions. Each part __________ 2. Partitions are set and named at device initialization time. You can modify partitionsition contains a number of files and directories; each directory may contain other directories and files. ________ using the Partition program, described in the PERQ Utilities Programs Manual. Each device is divided into a fix____ __ ____ ___ ____ _____ Introduction to Path and File Names The route that is traveled to reach a filename ised number of partitions; - 12 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Specifying a Filenam called a PATH. A full path name specifies device, partition, directories, and filename, in that order. The e 04 Feb 82 the recommended size for a partition is 10,080 or fewer 256-word blocks. Files must fit entsyntax of a path name is: device:partition>[directory>]filename The brackets surrounding the "directorirely within a single partition as they cannot cross partition boundaries. Generally there are three partitioed normally. This light appears 1-1/2 inches from the left margin (about 15 characters from the left). The last light defy" part indicate that there may be zero to nine occurences of ">directory". Note that if you specify a directory, thined by the current system is used for swapping. While a swapping operation (swap in or swap out) is in progress, this le brackets are NOT part of the syntax. To specify the current directory, or one of its subdirectories, you can   PRQPLS.PAS Sorting routines for PrqPlace. PRQPLACE.PAS 2.5 PRQPLA.PAS  Examples of Interesting system commands. FAULT.DOC D.6 FAULT.DOC Fault  Perq microcode placer. PRQMIC.PAS 2.8 PRQMIC.PAS Perq microcode assembler. PMEGEN.dictionary for the diagnostic display. FEATURES.DOC - FEATUR.DOC Quirks, bugs, and odditiePAS - PMEGEN.PAS Program to create PRQMIC.ERROR from PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT. PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT s in the operating system. FILE.FORMAT - FILE.FOR Describe source f - PRQERR.TXT Source for PRQMIC.ERROR (error message text). >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.BINARY - MICROile format for Perq software. FILES.DOC - FILES.DOC File system user's manual. MICRO.DCODE SUPPORT SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. OC D.6 MICRO.DOC Microprogrammer's guide. MAKESYSTEM.DOC - MAKESY.DOC  ---------------------------- MICROOPTION.SEG 1.0 MICROO.SEG PRQPL_SORT.SEG 2.0 PRQPLS.SEG How to make a new version of the operating system. PASCAL.DOC D.6 PASCAL.D :LINK 2.8 PRQMIC PRQMIC.SEG - PRQMIC.SEG PRQMIC.ERROR - PRQMIC.ERR :LINOC Pascal extensions. PERQ_Z80.DOC - PERQZ8.DOC Description of PERQ/K 2.5 PRQPLACE PRQPLACE.SEG - PRQPLA.SEG :LINK 1.2 PRQDIS PRQDIS.SEG Z80 protocol. QCODE.DOC D.6 QCODE.DOC QCode reference manual SEGMENT.DOC -  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ----------------------------  - PRQDIS.SEG :LINK 8.0 ODTPRQ ODTPRQ.SEG - ODTPRQ.SEG ODTUTILS.SEG  MICROOPTION.PAS 1.0 MICROO.PAS Option processor for PrqMic and PrqPlace. ODTPRQ.PAS  - ODTUTI.SEG ODTDUMP.SEG - ODTDUM.SEG ODT13.KST - ODT13.KST >DOCUMENTATION-1  8.0 ODTPRQ.PAS Simple Perq to Perq microcode debugger. ODTUTILS.PAS - ODTUTI.PAS  - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  Utility routines for ODTPRQ ODTDUMP.PAS - ODTDUM.PAS The ODTPRQ dump s ---------------------------- EDITOR.DOC - EDITOR.DOC Editor quick guide. Eubsystem. PRQDIS.PAS 1.2 PRQDIS.PAS Perq microcode disassembler. PRQPL_SORT.PAS 2.0DITORK.DOC 2.0 EDITK.DOC Editor User's Guide. EXAMPLES.DOC D.6 EXAMPL.DOC  r example, the system might come up with a default of: SYS:BOOT> ____ __ _______ _ ________ Ways to er the ability to specify a set of directories to be searched, in a specific order, when a filename is ns on a 12-megabyte disk and five on a 24-megabyte disk. Examples of partition names are BOOT and USER. Specify a Filename 1. You can specify a full path name: device:partition>[directory>]filename  ___________ 3. Directories are easy to create, destroy, rename, and move around. There can be multiple  the brackets, which are not part of the syntax, indicate that you can list up to nine directories. directories in a partition. These are denoted by the symbol > and can take names of up to 25 characters. Th This is useful if you want to access a file on a different device from the one you're using. ere can be up to 9 directories listed in a full path name. The symbol: .. is a convenient way 2. You can use the default device that was deter- mined at boot time:  of referring to a parent node in a tree. It goes up one node. An example of its use is: SYS:BOOT>- 13 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Specifying a Filename 04 Feb 82 :partition>[directory>]fileNEW>..>filename This will look up filename in SYS:BOOT, rather than in SYS:BOOT>NEW>. The symbol name Using this syntax enables you to look for a file in a different partition. 3. You can . refers to the current directory. ________ 4. Filename is the last thing specified in a f use the default device and partition that were set at boot time: >[directory>]filename ile specification. A filename can have up to 25 characters. The names of all of the directories and the filThe search then starts at the first directory speci- fied. 4. You can just type: filenename cannot exceed 80 characters. You can include most special characters in a filename by surrounding the ame and the search begins at the current directory (which may be set by you, using Shell's PATH command)special characters with a single quote ('). For example, you could include the asterisk (*) in a filename by s. This can involve any device, any partition, and any directory in that partition. Sepecifying '*'. Note that you cannot include the special and control characters described in section 4. Whentting the default path doesn't affect the default device and partition used in forms 1, 2, and 3. Alon you boot, the system takes as default device and partition the device and partition that you booted from. Fog with the concept of a current directory, the file system provides a search list. This gives the us   file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------he microstore. JUMP.MICRO 1.0 JUMP.MIC Test microcode jumps. KEYTES--------------------- UTILITIES.DOC D.6 UTILIT.DOC Utility program manual. INTRO.DOC T.PAS 1.5 KEYTST.PAS Keyboard test program. LOOP.MICRO 0.0 LOOP.MIC  D.6 INTRO.DOC Operating system user's short guide. PERQ.FILES - PERQ.FIL  Simple tests that repeat--allowing probing of boards. LOW.MICRO 1.0 LOW.MIC This list. PERQ.FILES.LABELS - PERQFI.LAB Masters for labels on Perq.Files fl Test for stuck bits in the low bank of the microstore. MEM.MICRO 2.0 oppies. >DOCUMENTATION-3 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy  MEM.MIC Dual addressing test of the memory. NEXTOP.MICRO 1.1 NEXTOP.MIC --------- short description. ---------------------------- POS.DOC D.6 POS.D NextOp diagnostic. Register diagnostic. NXTI.MICRO 1.1 NXTI.MIC OC Operating system interface guide. NextInst diagnostic. PART.MICRO 1.1 PART.MIC Memory Parity diagnostic. PBT.MICRO  >TEST.SOURCE - TEST PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descr 1.1 PBT.MIC Pre-boot diagnostic. PDM.PAS 0.4 PDM.PAS Peription. ---------------------------- CHARS.PAS 1.1 CHARS.PAS Screq diagnostic monitor. PDM2.PAS - PDM2.PAS PDM 2nd module. PDCOMMON.PAS - en magnifier. CROSSHATCH.PAS 0.2 CROSSH.PAS Put crosshatch or checkerboard on display  PDCOMM.PAS PDM/PDS common definitions. PDMUTILS.PAS - PDMUTI.PAS  screen. DISPATCH.MICRO 1.1 DISPAT.MIC Dispatch diagnostic. DTST.MICRO PDM utility routines. PDMLOAD.PAS - PDMLOD.PAS PDM Pascal program loader. PDM.MAS  SEGMEN.DOC Segment file format. SETBAUD.DOC - SETBAU.DOC User In1.2 DTST.MIC Disk test microcode. DUAL.MICRO 1.0 DUAL.MIC Microformation for program to set RS232 Baud rate. >DOCUMENTATION-2 - DOCUMENTATION store dual address test. HIGH.MICRO 1.0 HIGH.MIC Test for stuck bits in the high bank of t  lowed by the characters "boot", followed by zero or more characters. d placer. They can be deleted after a .BIN file has been created. .DFS - These files are used to communicate d - 15 - PERQ Introductory User efinitions between programs that may be in different languages, for example, between Pascal and microcode. Manual - Default File Extensions 04 Feb 82 11. Default File Extensions. An extension is a conventional sequence  .CMD - A number of programs on the PERQ accept commands from a file as well as from the keyboard. Files that of characters that appears at the end of a filename. In the PERQ operating system there is nothing special about exten contain the commands usually have this extension. .DR - In the PERQ file system directories are files. Thspecified. Refer to the SetSearch command descrip- tion in the PERQ Utilities Programs Manual. ________ __sions. However, there are certain conventions that are used in the system. An extension is found by finding the last________ Wildcard Convention A number of PERQ programs use a wildcard convention when looking up files. Th "." in the filename and taking the following symbols. Backup files conventionally have a "$" as the last charace wild cards are as follows: * matches 0 or more characters. & matches 1 or more characters. ter of their last extension; they take the form Name.Ext$. Following is a list of the standard extensions and how they # matches exactly 1 character. '0 matches any digit. 'A or 'a matches any alphabetic. '@ matche are used. .PAS - Pascal source files usually have this extension. .SEG - The Pascal compiler produces a .SEs any non-alphanumeric. '* matches *. Other wild cards can be quoted also. There can be any number of wildcaG file when it compiles a .PAS file. .SEG files are used as input to the Linker and contain the code that will be erds in file specifica- tions to programs that handle this convention. Examples of wildcard usage are: xecuted when the program is run. .RUN - Files produced by the Linker have this extension. .MICRO - PERQ mi Dir *.Pas Dir &Boot* The first command gives a directory of allcrocode files have the extension .MICRO. They can be used as input to the micro assembler, PRQMIC. .BIN - The ru files with a .pas extension. The second command gives a directory of - 14 - nnable version of PERQ microcode is contained in .BIN files. These files are produced by the micro placer PRQP PERQ Introductory User Manual - Specifying a Filename 04 Feb 82 all files that have one or more characters follace. .REL, .RSYM, .INT - These three file types are temporary files that are produced by the micro assembler an  1.0 HIGH.BIN JUMP.BIN 1.0 JUMP.BIN :LINK 1.5 KEYTEST KEYTEST.SEG - gram body processor. BODY0.PAS - BODY0.PAS BODY1.PAS - BODY1.PAS BODY2.PAS -  - PDM.MAS PDM master file for current diagnostics. PDS.PAS - PDS.PAS KEYTST.SEG LOOP.BIN 0.0 LOOP.BIN LOW.BIN 1.0 LOW.BIN MEM.BIN 2.0 MEM.BIN Perq diagnostic slave. PDM.HELP - PDM.HELP PDM help file. PDM.MI NEXTOP.BIN 1.1 NEXTOP.BIN NXTI.BIN 1.1 NXTI.BIN PART.BIN 1.1 PART.BIN PBT.CRO - PDM.MIC Pseudo PDS microcode example. PDMVFY.MICRO 1.1 PDMVFY.MIC BIN 1.1 PBT.BIN RAT.BIN 1.3 RAT.BIN REGT.BIN 1.1 REGT.BIN SHIFT.BIN  PDM version of VFY. RAT.MICRO 1.3 RAT.MIC Source data suspicious raste 1.1 SHIFT.BIN STACK.BIN 1.0 STACK.BIN TST.BIN 1.1 TST.BIN :LINK r-op test. REGT.MICRO 1.1 REGT.MICRO SHIFT.MICRO 1.0 SHIFT.MIC Test of the2.1 TESTFLOPPY TESTFLOPPY.SEG - TSTFPY.SEG >PASCAL.SOURCE - PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name  shift hardware. STACK.MICRO 1.0 STACK.MIC 20-bit, 16-level stack test. TESTFLOPPY.PAS  version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------------------------- 2.1 TSTFPY.PAS Test and format floppies.(formerly FLOPPY) TST.MICRO 1.1 TST.MIC -- PASCAL.PAS 6.0 PASCAL.PAS Pascal compiler global definitions. PAS0.PAS - Pre-Boot diagnostic.  PAS0.PAS PAS1.PAS - PAS1.PAS PAS2.PAS - PAS2.PAS QCODES.DFS -  >TEST.BINARY - TEST PROGRAM SEG, RUN, AND BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- QCODES.DFS Q-Code const definitions. COMPINIT.PAS - COMPIN.PAS Initi short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 1.1 CHARS CHARS.SEG alization. CODEGEN.PAS - CODEGE.PAS Code generator. DECPART.PAS - DECPAR - CHARS.BIN :LINK 0.2 CROSSHATCH CROSSHATCH.SEG - CROSSH.SEG DISPATCH.BIN .PAS Declaration processor. DEC0.PAS - DEC0.PAS DEC1.PAS - DEC1.PA 1.1 DISPAT.BIN DTST.BIN 1.2 DTST.BIN DUAL.BIN 1.0 DUAL.BIN HIGH.BIN S DEC2.PAS - DEC2.PAS BODYPART.PAS - BODYPA.PAS Procedure/function/pro  this extension.  first alternative is booting from the hard disk. The microcode tries to boot from the hard disk. 2. The second c - 17 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Booting the Machine 04 Feb 82 12. Bhoice of boot devices is a floppy disk. The microcode checks to see if there is a floppy in the floppy drive. ooting the Machine. The PERQ can be booted in one of two ways. First, when the machine is powered up it will go thro If there is a floppy in the drive, PERQ will check to see if the floppy is a boot floppy. If so, the second pugh the boot sequence. Second, the machine can be booted by pressing the Boot button on the back of the keyboard. In either art of the boot will be done from the floppy. 3. The third possible boot device is another PERQ. The microcodecase the same sequence of events happens. The boot sequence for PERQ has three steps. As each of these steps progresses, t determines if there is a PERQ Link Board plugged into the I/O Option slot of the machine. If the board is pluggedhe Diagnostic Display, DDS, increments. The DDS is a three-digit number display. On earlier models of the PERQ, it is f in, and there is another PERQ on the other end of the link, the booting PERQ will wait for commands from the link.ound on the inside of the machine behind the front cover; on later PERQs it's under the keyboard. If any step fails it is po If all of these fail, then the DDS will contain an indication of what the error is. See the Fault Dictioese files appear in a directory listing with the extension .DR. .KST - Character set definitions are kessible to look at the Diagnostic Display and see where in the boot sequence the failure occurred. The Fault Dictionary ppt in files that have the extension .KST. .MBOOT, .BOOT - When the PERQ is booted it reads the microcorovides a list of the DDS values and explanations of their meanings. In the first part of the boot sequence, microcode is exde interpreter and Pascal operating system from files that have the extension .MBOOT and .BOOT. .ANIMATE, .CURecuted out of a small ROM. This ROM covers the lower 2k of standard control store during this part of the boot sequence. ThiSOR - Pictures used by utilities that are put into the cursor that follow the pen or puck. .INDEX - An index tos microcode runs a simple diagnostic on the processor and memory systems. If there are any errors, the microcode halts. T .HELP files. - 16 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Default File Extensions 04 Fehe value in DDS gives the reason that the machine halted. Once these diagnostics have been passed, the microcode makes a db 82 .DOC - Formatted documentation has this extension. .HELP - Files containing help about a subsystem use ecision about which device is to be used for booting. Currently, there are three possible boot devices. 1. The  PEXP.PAS Expression expansion. EXPR0.PAS - EXPR0.PAS EXPR1.PAS - EXP drawing display. MULDIV.PAS - MULDIV.PAS Double precision multiply and divide for PetalR1.PAS EXPR2.PAS - EXPR2.PAS EXPR3.PAS - EXPR3.PAS FSYNTAX.PAS 1.0 FSYNTA.P. SLEEP.PAS - SLEEP.PAS Sleep for a specified period of time. SCREENDUMP.PAS 0.0AS Program to generate PASCAL.SYNTAX from SYNTAX.DAT. SYNTAX.DAT -  SCRDMP.PAS Print an image of the screen to an HP 7310A printer. SEISMO.PAS  SYNTAX.DAT Error message data file. QDIS.PAS 2.0 QDIS.PAS Q-Code  - SEISMO.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. SKETCH.PAS - SKETCH.PAS  BODY2.PAS BODY3.PAS - BODY3.PAS >PASCAL.BINARY - PASCAL COMPILER SEG FILES file name disassembler. Also needs QCODES.PAS. FQCODES.PAS 1.0 FQCODE.PAS Program to generate QCODES version file name on floppy --------- short description. ----------------------------  from QCODES.DAT. QCODES.DAT - QCODES.DAT Q-Code name data file. FRESWORDS.PAS 1:LINK 6.0 PASCAL PASCAL.SEG - PASCAL.SEG COMPINIT.SEG - COMPIN.SEG CODEG.0 FRESWO.PAS Program to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. RESWORDS.DAT - RESWOR.DAT EN.SEG - CODEGE.SEG DECPART.SEG - DECPAR.SEG BODYPART.SEG - BODYPA.SEG EXPEXPR Q-Code name data file. LEX.PAS 0.0 LEX.PAS Lexical scanner for com.SEG - EXPEXP.SEG PASCAL.SYNTAX - PASCAL.SYN PASCAL.RESWORDS - PASCAL.RES LEX.SEG piler. >DEMO.SOURCE - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on f 0.0 LEX.SEG FQCODES.SEG 1.0 FQCODE.SEG FRESWORDS.SEG 1.0 FRESWO.SEG FSYNTAX.SEG loppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- KAL.PAS -  1.0 FSYNTA.SEG :LINK 2.0 QDIS QDIS.SEG - QDIS.SEG QCODES -  KAL.PAS Kaleidoscope display. KINETIC.PAS - KINETI.PAS Demonstra QCODES >PASCAL.MORE.SOURCE - MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name version file name on floppyte random raster-ops. LIFE.PAS - LIFE.PAS The game of life. LINE.PAS -  --------- short description. ---------------------------- EXPEXPR.PAS - EX LINE.PAS Line drawing display. PETAL.PAS - PETAL.PAS Cycloid   all of the CPU and Memory systems are working. Any failures that VFY discloses are displayed on the DDS. If all went Manual - Run-time Errors 04 Feb 82 13. Run-time Errors. When the operating system or a user program diwell, the microcode determines what set of interpreter microcode and system Pascal code is to be loaded. It does this by scovers an error condition, it raises an "exception" (see the "PERQ Pascal Exten- sions" manual for an explanation of ex - 18 - PERQ Introductory User Manual - Booting the Machine 04 Feb 82 checkinceptions). If an exception is not handled, it is given to the preliminary debugger, called Scrounge (see the "PERQ Utg to see if any key is being held down on the keyboard. If a key is being held down, that key specifies which boot is to be doility Programs Manual"). First, a dump of the user state is produced and then the user is asked if he wants to debug. If notne. If no key is held down, the default boot will be done. The default is the same as holding down "a". Hold the key down u, the program is aborted and control returns to the Shell and any active command files are terminated. If the user dentil a pattern flashes on the screen. Any of the 26 alphabetic keys can be used to specify a boot. All lower-case charactercides to debug, the program can be continued after the point where the exception was raised. It is usually a bad idea to contis cause a boot from the hard disk. Upper case characters cause a boot from floppy. If you type "Details/Boots" the Detanue from uncaught exceptions. The user can also abort the program and return to the Shell. ils program will provide you with a list of all of the valid boot characters. Once a boot has been chosen, the micro - 20 - PERQ Introductory User Manual code interpreter and PERQ operating system are loaded into the PERQ. Control is then transferred to the third porti- Profiles 04 Feb 82 14. Profiles. Profiles can be used to tailor your PERQ. The profile is a on of the boot sequence. In the third portion of the boot sequence, the interpreter microcode does any initialization thatext file which contains commands that define characteristics of certain utility programs. For example, a profile can nary Manual for an explanation of the display number. After the boot device has been chosen, the second part of the bt is needed and then starts to execute the PERQ operating system. The PERQ operating system also incre- ments the DDS. oot sequence can begin. In this part, the PERQ reads 3k words of microcode from the selected boot device. This micr If there were no errors during the boot sequence, the machine will be running and the DDS will read 999. ocode is in two sections, a more extensive diagnostic (VFY) and a system boot loader (SYSB). VFY attempts to verify that - 19 - PERQ Introductory User  DUMP SCREENDUMP.SEG - SCRDMP.SEG :LINK - SEISMO SEISMO.SEG - SEISMO.SEG  WindowLib, SigUtils, FontStuff. WINDOWLIB.PAS - WINLIB.PAS Window routine librar:LINK - SKETCH SKETCH.SEG - SKETCH.SEG >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRy. SIGUTILS.PAS - SIGUTI.PAS SigGraph 80 demo utilities. FONTSTUFF.PAS - FOATION SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. NTST.PAS Load and unload fonts for Just. >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION BINARY FIL ---------------------------- INITDEMO.PAS - INITD.PAS InitiaES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ----lize the demo. PETALDEMO.PAS - PETALD.PAS Cycloid drawing display. LINEDEMO.PAS - ------------------------ :LINK - INITDEMO INITDEMO.SEG - INITD.SEG :LINK  LINED.PAS Line drawing display. LIFEDEMO.PAS - LIFED.PAS The  - PETALDEMO PETALDEMO.SEG - PETALD.SEG :LINK - LINEDEMO LINEDEMO.SEG - game of life. SEISDEMO.PAS - SEISD.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. GETSAVE.PAS  LINED.SEG :LINK - LIFEDEMO LIFEDEMO.SEG - LIFED.SEG :LINK -  Sketch on the screen using the tablet. >DEMO.BINARY - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SEG FILES file name - GETSAV.PAS Get display from file to screen or save from screen to file version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------------------------. CREATEWIN.PAS - CREWIN.PAS Create entry in Screen package's window table. SLIDER.PAS ---- :LINK - KAL KAL.SEG - KAL.SEG :LINK - KINETIC KINETI - SLIDER.PAS Slide a window from one position to another on the screenC.SEG - KINETI.SEG :LINK - LIFE LIFE.SEG - LIFE.SEG :LINK . JUST.PAS - JUST.PAS Justify text with various fonts in a window. WIPEWIN.PAS  - LINE LINE.SEG - LINE.SEG :LINK - PETAL PETAL.SEG - PE - WIPWIN.PAS Wipe a picture into a window. SNOOZE.PAS - SNOOZE.PAS TAL.SEG MULDIV.SEG - MULDIV.SEG SLEEP.SEG - SLEEP.SEG :LINK 0.0 SCREEN Pause for a specified period of time. Modules for SigGraph demo: MulDiv, Sleep,  direct the Login program to initialize the default path and searchlist. Each user of the system can have his own profile;profile. The format for each line in this section is: Where the UserControl program can assign each user a profile file. To create a profile file, copy DEFAULT.PROFILE to your own di is the command line Shell issues to execute the command. tells whether to use the defaultrecto- ry. For example: COPY SYS:BOOT>DEFAULT.PROFILE SYS:USER>MYDIR>MYPROFILE Now run UserControl and specify  file name if no file name argument is specified for the command. specifies whether to set the defaulSYS:USER>MYDIR>MYPROFILE for the profile file. You can then edit the file and establish your specific conventions. t file name if an __ argument is provided. can limit the screen to less than full size. is the name that will be used to invoke the command. This name and the rest of the line is printed when a "?" is typed sOGIN. The subsequent lines contain switches or data for the subsystem. The general format of a profile file is as followo the additional comments are provided to explain the - 21 - PERQ Introductory User Ms: #program1 #program2 ... For example: #Login /Path=Sys:User>Mydir /SetSearch=Sys:Boot>Library /CursorFun - 22 - Table of Contents ction=7 #RandomUtility /MaxSize=100 The format of each list of entries in the profile is defined by the utility progr 04 Feb 82 1 Preface 2 Introduction. 3 Turning the PERQ on and off. am that uses the profile. You should read the documentation for a particular utility to determine whether it reads th5 Control Characters and Special Keys. 6 The Command Interpreter, The Shell. 7 Specifying Commande profile, and if so, what entries can be included in the profile. You may use the profile in your own programs. See the s and Arguments. 9 The Pointing Device. 10 PopUp Menus. 11 The "Lights". 12 Specifying  Profile module in the Operating System Interface manual. _____________ _______ __ _a Filename. 16 Default File Extensions. 18 Booting the Machine. 20 Run-time Errors. 21 P__ The Shell commands are specified in the ShellCommands section of the ________ ___ ______ ___ ____ ____ __ ____ _______ ___ rofiles.   - WIPEWIN WIPEWIN.SEG - WIPWIN.SEG :LINK - SNOOZE SNOOZE.SEG -o of Grapics TD1.PAS - TD1.PAS Part of TD TD2.PAS - TD2.PAS  SNOOZE.SEG WINDOWLIB.SEG - WINLIB.SEG SIGUTILS.SEG - SIGUTI.SEG FONTSTUFF.SEG -  Another part of TD MAZE.PAS - MAZE.PAS Draws a maze and runs a mouse FONTST.SEG FEATURES.SLIDE - FEATUR.SLI SOFTWARE.SLIDE - SOFTWA.SLI NETWORK.SLIDE -  through it GENMAZE.PAS - GENMAZ.PAS Creates a well-formed random maze. MAZEPLAYER.PAS  NETWOR.SLI UCODE.SLIDE - UCODE.SLI IO.SLIDE - IO.SLI 3RCC.SLIDE - 3RC - MAZEPL.PAS Used by Maze to allow user to try to get through the maze C.SLI JUST.DEMO - JUST.DEM GRAPH.PIC - GRAPH.PIC 3RCC.PIC - 3RCC.PIC  BLANK.PIC - BLANK.PIC WASHDC.PIC - WASHDC.PIC NGR13.KST - NGR13.KST MET22.KST - MET22.KST DEMO - DEMO DEMO1.CMD - DEMO1.CMD >PERQFILE.USERLIBRARY - USER LIBRARY SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- CURSDESIGN.PAS 1.0 CURSDE.PAS Progr Perq.Files - PERQ Files Information Perq.Files is a list of the files distributed with the Three Rivam used to design new cursors. FONTED.PAS - FONTED.PAS Program used to create new fonts.ers Computer Corporation PERQ. Source files are included in this list, but please note that they are included with SEISDEMO SEISDEMO.SEG - SEISD.SEG :LINK - GETSAVE GETSAVE.SEG - GETSAV.S FONT2ED.PAS - FONT2E.PAS Part of Fonted. FONTED.CURSOR - FONTED.CUR EG :LINK - CREATEWIN CREATEWIN.SEG - CREWIN.SEG :LINK - SLIDER SL File of pictures needed by the font editor. DR.MEMORY.PAS - DRMEMO.PAS PeeIDER.SEG - SLIDER.SEG :LINK - JUST JUST.SEG - JUST.SEG :LINK k and poke into the memory manager tables. TD.PAS - TD.PAS Dem  | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 LOAD BOOT FLOPPY - SOURCE | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Comp | | OS.IO.SOURCE SRC.CMD | | uter Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-DBD-7 | | 3RCC PER - iii -  | | PRQ-SFT-BSD-7 | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM | | SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |Sides 2 Density SINGLE Fast ! DOCUMENTATION-2 - DOCUMENTATION ! Created 10 Feb 82 15:26:30 Get UTILIT.DOC  | | OS.PROGRAMS.SOURCE SRC.CMD  UTILITIES.DOC Get INTRO.DOC INTRO.DOC Get PERQ.FIL PERQ.FILES Get PERQFI.LAB PERQ.FILES.LAB | | | |-------------------------------------------------------ELS Get POS.DOC POS.DOC --------| | | | PRQ-SFT-CSD-6  | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 IO SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Co Labels for Source Systems Page 1/5 |------------------------------------------------rporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | ---------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-ABD-7  | | Group name Command file | |   the PERQ only if a source license is purchased. The User Library programs are also listed, but must be ordered from abetize index. 07 Jan 82 LFK Matched P.files to D.66 system - microc Trust - The Three Rivers Users' Society. Copyright (C) 1981 Three Rivers Computer Corporation 720 Gross Stode 31 Dec 81 CLH Set up for new FLOPPY, Real pascal com- piler, newreet Pittsburgh, PA 15224 (412) 621-6250 Modified: 04 Mar 82 LFK ECO for EDITORK.PARAS  Popcmdparse, etc. 07 Dec 81 LFK Added RealFunction. Updated utprogress. 24 Nov 81  01 Mar 82 LFK FTP 19 Feb 82 LFK FTP Fix for d.6 09 Feb 82 LFK  LFK Mark change to Typefile. 23 Nov 81 LFK Scott change to STREAM. 19 Nov 81 FLOPPYCOPY update, Documentation update. 09 Feb 82 LFK Added CANON index. 08 Feb 82 LFKLFK Strait changes. Szelza changes 3 d won. 19 Nov 81 LFK Changes to PLX, EDITOR, FLOPPYDUP.  Added nosource index. 01 Feb 82 LFK Updated Documentation for D.6. 01 Feb 82 LFK  17 Nov 81 LFK 26 updates submitted by JPS. 11 Nov 81 JM Changed PLX and PLXUTILS.  Floppy updates and new command files. 30 Jan 82 LFK Editor updates and deletions, and other  09 Nov 81 LFK Changed Floppydup (# of sides to copy). 03 Nov 81 LFK Z80 Documentation, F updates. 29 Jan 82 LFK Brad's D.6 updates. 28 Jan 82 LFK ix util. double dens. 02 Nov 81 LFK Changed Dirtree and added Dirtree.Cur. 02 Nov 81 L Added ethernet stuff (s.j.) 28 Jan 82 LFK New category for cmd files. (e.c.) 28 JanFK Split UTILITY -- Utility.Device.Source. 27 Oct 81 LFK Updated FILES.PROSE 27 Oct 82 LFK Updates lights,stream,pasreal from s.b. 28 Jan 82 LFK New compiler updates.  81 LFK Added SetTime to OSPgms, updated TypeFile. 26 Oct 81 LFK Changes to Microcode.  27 Jan 82 LFK Strait and Scelza updates. 27 Jan 82 LFK Updated Vfy.micro sysb.micro  21 Oct 81 LFK Updated PLX and PLXUTILS. 15 Oct 81 LFK Updated Editor. 14 Oct  27 Jan 82 LFK Added new test module. 20-25 Jan 82 LFK Put in shape to reflect D.65 changes 81 LFK Plx and Floppydup update. 13 Oct 81 LFK Fix Swappability. 13 Oct 81 LFK  and some things wrong with D.65. 15 Jan 82 LFK New directory structure. Alph D.98 Updates. 12 Oct 81 LFK Split OS. 06 Oct 81 LFK Added SHIFT to Test.   | | SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers  | | 3RCC PERQ FILE UTILITY PROGRAM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | UTILITY.OTHERS.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | | UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE SRC.CMD |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Label | | |-----------------------------------------------------------s for Source Systems Page 2/5 |---------------------------------------------------------------| ----| | | | PRQ-SFT-GBD-8 Q SYSTEM D.6 OPERATING SYSTEM | | BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Co | | | PRQ-SFT-TSD-7 pyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | 3RCC PERQ DEVICE UTILITY PROGRAM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION | | FLOPPY  | | Group name Command file  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | | | | OS.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD  | | | | Group name Command | | OS.MISCELLANEOUS MISC.CMD | |  file | | | | UTILITY.DEVICE.SOURCE S | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | RC.CMD | | | |---------------------------- | | PRQ-SFT-ESD-7 | | 3RCC PERQ OTHER UTILITY PROGRAM -----------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-FSD-6   1.1 ACB.DFS Activation control block definitions--common to microcode acision integers. PASREAL.PAS 0.1 PASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ_STRING.PAS 2.4 PEnd Pascal. ALIGNMEMORY.PAS 1.1 ALIGNM.PAS Allocate buffers on multiples of 256 word boundaries.RQST.PAS String manipulation package. RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS Routine  ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS Double precision arithmetic for the disk sdictionary definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. READER.PAS 2.1 READER.PAS  30 Sep 81 LFK 30 Sep 81 LFK D5-->D99 updates 19 Jul 81 JPS Systemystem. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS Run file and seg file definitions. CONTROLSTORE.PAS 1. D.5. 13 Jul 81 BAM (removed PDM.Seg stuff from Perq.Files) 10 Jul 81 BAM (fixed v2 CONTRO.PAS Load controlstore and jump to controlstore. DYNAMIC.PAS 1.4 DYNAMI.PAS ersion numbers) 6 Jul 81 BAM (removed EF1) 12 Jun 81 JPS 11 Jun 81  Dynamic allocation routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EEB.DFS  BAM 1 Jun 81 BAM 4 Apr 81 DAS 21 Apr 81 JPS 4 AprException Enable Block definitions--common to Pascal and microcode EXCEPT.PAS  81 JPS 31 Mar 81 JPS 30 Mar 81 DAS 28 Mar 81 DAS 26 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1.4 EXCEPT.DFS  Mar 81 DAS 16 Mar 81 DAS 6 Mar 81 JPS. 4 Mar 81 JPS and DAS.  Definitions of the exceptions--common to microcode and Pascal. GETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4  17 Feb 81 JPS. 26 Jan 81 JPS. 22 Dec 80 JPS. 21 Nov 80 JPS GETTIM.PAS Get time and date as TimeStamp. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2 LIGHTS.PAS . 20 Nov 80 JPS. 10 Nov 80 JPS. 23 Oct 80 JPS.  Definitions of the lights. LOADER.PAS 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS  >OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy  2.13 MEMORY.PAS Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a MOVEME.PAS --------- short description. ---------------------------- ACB.DFS  Memory manager utility to move segments. PASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS Handles double-pre  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | ce Systems Page 3/5 |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-HSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ PA | | PRQ-SFT-IBD-6 | | SCAL COMPILER SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single 3RCC PERQ PASCAL COMPILER BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982  density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | single density, double sided D.6 | | Group name Command file | | |  | | Group name Command file | | | PASCAL.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | | PASCAL.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-SSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCE DISTR | | PRQ-SFT-JBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE SOURCE DIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 ISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double | | 3RCC PERQ UTILITY PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corpor | | | | Group name Commation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | and file | | | | PASCAL.MORE.SOURCE  | | Group name Command file | |  SRC.CMD | | | |------------------------ | | UTILITY.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | ---------------------------------------| Labels for Sour  Definitions common to Pascal and microcode. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WRITER.PAS 6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set, convert time and date as TimeStamp or String. CMDPARSE.P Stream package output conversion routines. >OS.SYSTEM.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SEGMENT FIAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS Command parser. DOSWAP.PAS 1.0 DOSWAP.PAS LES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. --------- Module for handling the "swap" command for shell. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPIB.PAS Routines fo------------------ ARITH.SEG 2.2 ARITH.SEG ALIGNMEMORY.SEG 1.1 ALIGNM.SEG COr dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 bus. HELPER.PAS 1.1 HELPER.PAS ModuNTROLSTORE.SEG 1.2 CONTRO.SEG CODE.SEG 1.6 CODE.SEG DYNAMIC.SEG 1.4 DYNAMI.SEG EXCEPTle for presenting help menu. INITSHELL.PAS 2.2 INITSH.PAS Does initialization for Shell. LIN.SEG 2.9 EXCEPT.SEG GETTIMESTAMP.SEG 1.4 GETTIM.SEG LOADER.SEG 2.6 LOADER.SEG MEMORY.SK.PAS 4.3 LINK.PAS Q-Code linker. LOGIN.PAS 2.0 LOGIN.PAS  Stream package input conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 REALFU.PAS StandardEG 2.13 MEMORY.SEG MOVEMEM.SEG 1.6a MOVEME.SEG PASREAL.SEG - PASREA.SEG PASLONG.S floating-point functions. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS Procedures to read run files. RUNWRIEG - PASLON.SEG PERQ_STRING.SEG 2.4 PERQST.SEG READER.SEG 2.1 READER.SEG REALFUNCTE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS Procedures to write run files. SCROUNGE.PAS 0.14 SCROUN.PATIONS.SEG 1.0 REALFU.SEG RUNREAD.SEG 1.1 RUNREA.SEG RUNWRITE.SEG 1.1 RUNWRI.SEG SCS The preliminary debugger. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS Stream packageROUNGE.SEG 0.14 SCROUN.SEG STREAM.SEG 1.20 STREAM.SEG :LINK - SYSTEM.6=SYSTEM base routines - Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operating system main program. SY/SYSTEM SYSTEM.SEG 2.4 SYSTEM.SEG VIRTUAL.SEG 2.8 VIRTUA.SEG WRITER.SEG 2.2 WRITESTEMDEFS.PAS 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS Common system definitions. VIRTUAL.PAS 2.8 VIRTUA.PAR.SEG >OS.PROGRAMS.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM SOURCES file name versiS The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 VRD.DFS Variable Routine Descriptoron file name on floppy --------- short description. ----------------- CLOCK.PAS 1.  Command file | | | | MICROCODE.CODE.SUPPORT.BINARY SUPBIN.CMD SUPLNK.CMD | | | |----SOURCE SRC.CMD | | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------| | | ------------------------------------------------------| | | |  | PRQ-SFT-MBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  PRQ-SFT-KSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | | | | Group name Command file  | | | | Group name Command file  | | | | DOCUMENTATION-1 1DOC.CMD | | | | MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE SRC.CMD  | | | |----------------------------------- | | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------| Labels for Source Systems Page 4/5 |-----------------------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-LBD-6 ---------------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-NBD-8 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Riv | | 3RCC PERQ MORE DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyrigers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | ht (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | Group name Command file | | sided D.6 | | | | Group name  | | MICROCODE.BINARY BIN.CMD | | MICRO ile. QUICKSORT.PAS 1.2 QUICKS.PAS Sorts arrays, integers and strings. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1 PROFIL.SEG USERPASS.SEG 1.4 USERPA.SEG MULTIREAD.SEG 1.0 MULTIR.SEG POPCMDPARSE.SEG 1.8 .2 RANDOM.PAS High-quality random number generator. Progress module for utiliti POPCMD.SEG POPUP.SEG 2.4 POPUP.SEG POPUPCURS.SEG 2.1 POPUPC.SEG QUICKSORT.SEG 1.2 es. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS232B.PAS Set RS232 baud rate with optional enable input. SHELL.PARASQUICKS.SEG RANDOMNUMBERS.SEG 1.2 RANDOM.SEG RS232BAUD.SEG 1.1 RS232B.SEG SHELLDEFS.SEG 1.0 SH - SHELL.PAR Information necessary to generate SHELL/HELP. SHELL.PAS 3.4 ELLD.SEG UTILPROGRESS.SEG 1.16 UTILPR.SEG >OS.IO.SOURCE -SHELL.PAS Top-level command processor. SHELLDEFS.PAS 1.0 SHELLD.PAS Def INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM SOURCE MODULES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descriinition of SHELL. Data format. USERPASS.PAS 1.4 USERPA.PAS Lookup user name/password pairs.ption. ---------------------------- ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PAS Allo UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS User for showing progress of utility programs. cation of sectors from the disk free list. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 DISKIO.PAS  >OS.PROGRAMS.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAMS BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy ------ Medium-level disk input/output routines. ETHER10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS Ethernet IO interface.--- short description. --------------------------- CLOCK.SEG  ETHERINTERRUPT.PAS 1.1 ETHERI.PAS Interrupt service for 10 MBaud ethernet. FILEACCESS.PAS  Login program. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast multisector read of a file. 1.6 CLOCK.SEG CMDPARSE.SEG 3.6 CMDPAR.SEG DOSWAP.SEG 1.0 DOSWAP.SEG GPIB.SEG 1. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.PAS 2.4 POPU3 GPIB.SEG HELPER.SEG 1.1 HELPER.SEG :LINK - SHELL.6=SHELL SHELL.SEG 3.4P.PAS Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 POPUPC.PAS  SHELL.SEG INITSHELL.SEG 2.2 INITSH.SEG :LINK - LINK.6=LINK LINK.SEG 4.3 Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1 PROFILE.PAS Module for accessing the prof LINK.SEG :LINK - LOGIN.6=LOGIN LOGIN.SEG 2.0 LOGIN.SEG PROFILE.SEG 1.1   Group name Command file | |  | | DEMO.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY SIGBIN.CMD SIGLNK. | | TEST.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | CMD | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Labels for Source Systems  | | DOCUMENTATION-2 2DOC.CMD  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | | |------------------------------------------------------- | | PRQ-SFT-QSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCE --------| | | | PRQ-SFT-OSD-6 DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY| | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D. | | 3RCC PERQ TEST PROGRAM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Co6 | | | | Group name rporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | Command file | | | | DEMO.SOURCE  | | Group name Command file | |  SRC.CMD | | DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE SIGSRC.CMD | |  | | TEST.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-RBD-6 | | 3RC | | PRQ-SFT-PBD-6 | | 3RCC PERC PERQ DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY| | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | Q TEST PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | si single density, double sided D.6 | | ngle density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | Group name Command file | |   Definitions used by the File System. FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS File system directo file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. --------------ry routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILESY.PAS File system--high-level disk input/output -------------- ALLOCDISK.SEG 2.8 ALLOCD.SEG DISKIO.SEG 3.12 DISKIO.SEG ETHER10IO.SEG 1.8  routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions for the file type field. FIL ETHER1.SEG ETHERINTERRUPT.SEG 1.1 ETHERI.SEG FILEACCESS.SEG 1.7 FILEAC.SEG FILEDEFS.SEG 1.6 EUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS File utilities not needed by system. IO.PAS 4.8  FILEDE.SEG FILEDIR.SEG 2.6 FILEDI.SEG FILESYSTEM.SEG 7.3 FILESY.SEG FILEUTILS.SEG 1.10 IO.PAS Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS Input/output FILEUT.SEG IO.SEG 4.8 IO.SEG IOERRMESSAGES.SEG 1.1 IOERRM.SEG IO_INIT.SEG 5.9 IOINITerror number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS Names for the Input/output errors. IO_I.SEG IO_OTHERS.SEG 5.7 IOOTHE.SEG IO_PRIVATE.SEG 5.9 IOPRIV.SEG IO_UNIT.SEG 6.2 IOUNIT.SNIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS Input/output manager initialization. IO_OTHERS.PAS 5.7 IEG PMATCH.SEG 2.5 PMATCH.SEG READDISK.SEG 1.4 READDI.SEG SCREEN.SEG 3.12 SCREEN.SEGOOTHE.PAS Other Input/output manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 5.9 IOPRIV.PAS  >OS.MISCELLANEOUS - OPERATING SYSTEM SPECIAL FILES file name version file name on fl Interrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IOUNIT.PAS oppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- DEFAULT The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS Directory search w.PROFILE - DEFAUL.PRO Default login profile. DELETE.CURSOR - DELETE.CUR ith wild cards. RASTER.PAS - RASTER.PAS Raster-op definitions. READDISK.PAS 1.4 Cursor used when delete is busy. DIRTREE.CURSOR - DIRTRE.CUR Cursor used by READDI.PAS Upper-level disk input/output routines. SCREEN.PAS 3.12 SCREEN.PAS  Dirtree program. FIX13.KST - FIX13.KST System character set file. SCAVENGER.ANIMATE 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6 FILEDE.PAS  Screen manager. >OS.IO.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM IO BINARY FILES   | | 3RCC PERQ FIX BOOT FLOPPY | |  | | | | Group name Command  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 file | | | | DOCUMENTATION-3 3D | | | | OC.CMD | | | |---------------------------- | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | -----------------------------------| Labels for Non-Source Systems Page 1/3 |-------------- | | PRQ-SFT-VBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 -------------------------------------------------| | | | PRQ Page 5/5 |---------------------------------------------------------------| | MICROCODE MORE SOURCE | | DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | |  | | PRQ-SFT-XSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM OP | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single deERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SOURCE | | DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Thrnsity, double sided D.6 | | | | Groee Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | up name Command file | | | |  | | Group name Command file | |  MICROCODE.MORE.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | | OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | | PRQ-SFT-WBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  | | | PRQ-SFT-TBD-6  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  AS Load controlstore and jump to controlstore. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 DISKIO.PAS  Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 bus. IO.PAS 4.8 IO.PAS  Medium-level disk input/output routines. DYNAMIC.PAS 1.4 DYNAMI.PAS Dynamic allocation Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS Input/output error number constants.  - SCAVEN.ANI File of cursors for scavenger. SYSTEM.USERS - SYSTEM.USE  routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EEB.DFS Exception Enable Block definitions--co Valid system users and passwords. SYSTEM.6.CONFIG - SYSTEM.CON Description of swammon to Pascal and microcode. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDITK.PAR Souce to geppability for use by MakeBoot. UTILPROGRESS.CURSOR - UTILPR.CUR Cursor used by Utilprogress. nerate .HELP files for EDITOR. ETHER10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS Ethernet IO interface. EXCEPT.PA >OS.NOSOURCE.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM NONSOURCE FILES file name version file name on floS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1.4 EXCEPT.DFS ppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- ACB.DFS  Definitions of the exceptions--common to microcode and Pascal. FILEACCESS.PAS  1.1 ACB.DFS Activation control block definitions--common to microc 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6 FILEDE.PAS ode and Pascal. ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PAS Allocation of sectors from the disk free  Definitions used by the File System. FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS File system direc list. ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS Double precision arithmetic for the disk tory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILESY.PAS File system--high-level disk input/output  system. CLOCK.PAS 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set, convert time and date as Tim routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions for the file type field. FeStamp or String. CMDPARSE.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS Command parser. CODE.PAILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS File utilities not needed by system. GETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 S 1.6 CODE.PAS Run file and seg file definitions. CONTROLSTORE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.P GETTIM.PAS Get time and date as TimeStamp. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPIB.PAS   | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6ER BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, d | | | | Group name Couble sided D.6 | | | | Group name ommand file | | | | OS.BINARY  Command file | | | | PASCA BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | OS.MISCELLANEOUS MISC.CMD | | L.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | | |---- | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | -----------------------------------------------------------| | |  | | PRQ-SFT-GBD-7 | | 3RCC | PRQ-SFT-JBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  PERQ UTILITY PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | |  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  single density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | | Group name Command file -SFT-UBD-7 | | 3RCC PERQ D.6 LOAD BOOT FLOPPY - NON-SOURCE | |  | Group name Command file | |  Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | | UTILITY.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | | | | |--------------------------------------------------------- | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Labels for Non-Source Systems ------| | | | PRQ-SFT-DBD-7  Page 2/3 |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 OPERATING SYSTEM BINARY | | DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  | | PRQ-SFT-IBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ PASCAL COMPIL  0.0 PASLON.PAS Handles double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS 0.1 PASREA.PAS read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS Procedures to write run files. SCREEN.PAS  Real numbers. PERQ_STRING.PAS 2.4 PERQST.PAS String manipulation package.  3.12 SCREEN.PAS Screen manager. SCROUNGE.PAS 0.14 SCROUN.PAS T PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS Directory search with wild cards. POPCMDPARSE.PAShe preliminary debugger. SHELL.PARAS - SHELL.PAR Information necessary to generate SHELL/ 1.8 POPCMD.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.PAS 2.4 POPUP.PAS HELP. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS Stream package base routines - Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS  Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 POPUPC.PAS Defines cur 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operating system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS Names for the Input/output errors. IO_INIT.PAS 5.9 sors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1 PROFILE.PAS Module for accessing the profile. RANDOMNUMBE IOINIT.PAS Input/output manager initialization. IO_OTHERS.PAS 5.7 IOOTHE.PAS RS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS High-quality random number generator. Progress module  Other Input/output manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 5.9 IOPRIV.PAS Intefor utilities. RASTER.PAS - RASTER.PAS Raster-op definitions. RD.DFS 1.1 rrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IOUNIT.PAS The basic UnitIO proce RD.DFS Routine dictionary definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. READDISdures and functions. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2 LIGHTS.PAS Definitions of the lights. LOADER.PAS K.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS Upper-level disk input/output routines. READER.PAS 2.1 R 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 MEMORY.PAS EADER.PAS Stream package input conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 REALFU.PAS  Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a MOVEME.PAS Memory manager utility to move segments. M Standard floating-point functions. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS232B.PAS ULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast multisector read of a file. PASLONG.PAS  Set RS232 baud rate with optional enable input. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS Procedures to  ----------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-LBD-6  | | 3RCC PERQ MORE DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Thre Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | e Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | DOCUMENTATION-2 2DOC.CMD | | | | MICROCODE.BINARY BIN.CMD | |  | |-------------------------------------------------------------MICROCODE.SUPPORT.BINARY SUPBIN.CMD SUPLNK.CMD | | | --| Labels for Non-Source Systems Page 3/3 |---------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------| | ------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-PBD-6  | | PRQ-SFT-MBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  | | 3RCC PERQ TEST PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Compute | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 r Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | | | Group name Command fi | | Group name Command file | | le | | | | DOCUMENTATION-1 1DOC | | TEST.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | |  | | | | MICROCODE.SOURCE SRC.CMD .CMD | | | |------------------------------ | | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-NBD-7   >CANON.SOURCE - CANON PRINTER SOURCE FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- shON.BIN CANONBLOCK.SEG 1.0 CANONB.SEG CANONUTILS.SEG 1.0 CANONU.SEG INFILE.SEG 1.0 INFort description. ---------------------------- CANON.PAS 1.0 CANON.PAS ILE.SEG CBT.SEG 1.0 CBT.SEG >OS.CMD - OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE COMMAND  Main PASCAL interface to CANON LBP-10 laser printer. CAN.PAS 1.0 CAN.PAS CANON lFILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------aser printer, fixed width font document print program. CANP.PAS 1.0 CANP.PAS ---------------------- INITDISK.CMD - INITDI.CMD Partitions and initializes disk. LOAD CANON laser printer, proportional spaced font document print program. CANON.MICRO 1.DISK.CMD - LOADDI.CMD Loads system floppies. MINIT1.CMD - MINIT1.CMD 0 CANON.MIC Microcode support required for, and loaded by CANON.PAS. CANONBLOCK.PAS 1.0  Makes fix boot floppy. MINIT2.CMD - MINIT2.CMD Makes load boot flop CANONB.PAS PASCAL module to support memory bit image dump to CANON LBP-10. CANONUTpy. MKSTBU.CMD - MKSTBU.CMD Make streamer boot floppy. NOSRC.LOADDISK.CMD - ILS.PAS 1.0 CANONU.PAS General utility routines for CANON. INFILE.PAS 1.0 INFNOSLOD.CMD Loads system floppies for nonsource systems. >UTILITY.OTHERS.SOURCE - Common system definitions. USERPASS.PAS 1.3 USERPA.PAS Lookup user name/pasILE.PAS High speed disk buffer reading support for CANON modules. CBT.PAS 1.0 CBT.PAS sword pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS User for showing progress of utility programs. VIR Test program for CANONBLOCK. >CANON.BINARY - CANON PRINTER BINARY FILES file name verTUAL.PAS 2.8 VIRTUA.PAS The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 VRD.DFS sion file name on floppy --------- short description. ----------------------------  Variable Routine Descriptor Definitions common to Pascal and microcode. WRITER.PAS 2.2 CAN40.KST - CAN40.KST CAN40P.KST - CAN40P.KST CANON.SEG 1.0  WRITER.PAS Stream package output conversion routines.  CANON.SEG CAN.SEG 1.0 CAN.SEG CANP.SEG 1.0 CANP.SEG CANON.BIN 1.0 CAN .SOURCE SRC.CMD | | OS.IO.SOURCE | |---------- | | | | ******************************************  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | -----------------------------------------------------| | | |  | | PRQ-SFT-RBD-6 | | 3RCC PRQ-SFT-TBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ FIX BOOT FLOPPY |  PERQ DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY| | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | |  | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  single density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | |----------------------------------------------------- | Group name Command file | | ----------| | | | PRQ-SFT-WBD-6  | | DEMO.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY SIGBIN.CMD SIGLNK.C | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer MD | | | |----------------------------------------------Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | -----------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-SND-6  | | Group name Command file | |  | | 3RCC PERQ OPERATING SYSTEM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION | | FLOPPY  | | DOCUMENTATION-3 3DOC.CMD | |  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Labels fosided D.6 | | | | Group name r Internal Use Only Page 1/1 |---------------------------------------------------------------| | Command file | | OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE | | OS.PROGRAMS | | 3RCC USER LIBRARY SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY   1.11 DETAIL.PAS Print system status information. EDITOR.PAS 2.0 EDIT.PAS  ---------------------------- :LINK 2.2 BYE BYE.SEG - BYE.SEG GOODBY.BIN  Editor main program. EDITORI.PAS 2.0 EDITI.PAS Editor initialization module. - GOODBY.BIN :LINK 1.11 DETAILS DETAILS.SEG - DETAIL.SEG :LINK  EDITORU.PAS 2.0 EDITU.PAS Editor utilities module. EDITORK.PAS 2.0 EDITK.PA 2.0 EDITOR EDITOR.SEG - EDIT.SEG EDITORI.SEG - EDITI.SEG EDITORK.SEG - S Editor key-selection module. EDITORT.PAS 2.0 EDITT.PAS Editor termi EDITK.SEG EDITORU.SEG - EDITU.SEG EDITORT.SEG - EDITT.SEG EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDnation module. EXPANDTABS.PAS 1.0 EXPAND.PAS Copy a text file and expand tabs to 8 ITK.PARAS :LINK 1.0 EXPANDTABS EXPANDTABS.SEG - EXPAND.SEG :LINK 2.1 FIN character columns. FINDSTRING.PAS 2.1 FINDST.PAS Searches files in directory for sDSTRING FINDSTRING.SEG - FINDST.SEG :LINK 0.0 HELPGEN HELPGEN.SEG - HELPGE.Specified string. GOODBY.MICRO 1.0 GOODBY.MIC Power down microcode. HELPGEN.PAS 0.0EG :LINK 4.4 MAKEBOOT MAKEBOOT.SEG - MAKEBO.SEG :LINK 1.4 PATCH PATC HELPGE.PAS Get description from Fred. submitted 1/27 updated 1/30. MAKEBOOT.PAS 4.4 MAH.SEG - PATCH.SEG :LINK 1.3 PERQ.FILES PERQ.FILES.SEG - PERQFI.SEG :LINK KEBO.PAS Make SYSTEM.nn.BOOT files. PATCH.PAS 1.7 PATCH.PAS Program 2.0 SETTIME SETTIME.SEG - SETTIM.SEG :LINK 1.4 USERCONTROL USERCONTROL to peek and poke into files. PERQ.FILES.PAS 1.3 PERQFI.PAS Program to gobble this file. SETT.SEG - USERCO.SEG >UTILITY.DEVICE.SOURCE - UTILITIES DEVICES file name version fIME.PAS 2.0 SETTIM.PAS Sets the system date and time. USERCONTROL.PAS 1.4 USile name on floppy ---------- short description. --------------------------- CHATTER.PAS  UTILITIES SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ERCO.PAS Add/delete users from the password file. >UTILITY.OTHERS.BINARY - UTILITY ---------------------------- BYE.PAS 2.2 BYE.PAS Logoff. DETAILS.PAS  OTHER BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  uter Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-DBD-7 | | 3RCC PER | | PRQ-SFT-BSD-7 | | 3RCC PERQ SYSQ SYSTEM D.6 OPERATING SYSTEM | | BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | CoTEM D.6 OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM | | SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyrigpyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | * NOT DISTRIBUTED WITH STANDARD SOFTWARE * | | ****************************************** ht (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | | | single density, double sided D.6  | | Group name Command file | | | | | | Group name Comma | | OS.PROGRAMS.SOURCE SRC.CMD nd file | | | | USERLIBRARY  | | | |------------------------------------------------------- SRC.CMD | | | |---------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-CSD-6 --------------------------------------|  | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 IO SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Co Labels for Source Systems Page 1/5 |------------------------------------------------rporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | ---------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-ABD-7  | | Group name Command file | |  | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 LOAD BOOT FLOPPY - SOURCE | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Comp | | OS.IO.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  ICE BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. PAS 3.2 DIRTRE.PAS Display the directory structure of a partition as a 0.6 CHATTE.PAS RS232 dumb terminal program. FLOPPYCOPY.PAS 2.2 FLPCOP.PAS  ---------------------------- :LINK 0.6 CHATTER CHATTER.SEG  Floppydup part of floppy (formerly COPYFLOPPY). FLOPPY.PAS 3.2 FLOPPY.PAS Main  - CHATTE.SEG :LINK 3.2 FLOPPY FLOPPY.SEG - FLOPPY.SEG FLOPPYDEFS.SEG program for general floppy utility FLOPPYDEFS.PAS 0.0 FLPDEF.PAS Global defs for floppy FLOPP - FLPDFS.SEG FLOPPYCOPY.SEG 2.1 FLPCOP.SEG FLOPPYUTILS.SEG 0.1 FLPUTI.SEG FLOPPYFORMAT.SEG YUTILS.PAS 0.1 FLPUTI.PAS Utility routines for floppy FLOPPYFORMAT.PAS 0.1 FLPFOR.PAS 0.1 FLPFOR.SEG FLOPPYTRANSFERS.SEG 0.1 FLPTRA.SEG :LINK 4.7 FTP.SEG FTP.SEG -  Diskette format routines for floppy (formerly module FORMAT). FTPUTILS.PAS  FTP.SEG FTPUTILS.SEG 4.2 FTPUTI.SEG FTPUSER.SEG 4.8 FTPUSE.SEG GETNETADDR.SEG 1.0 G4.2 FTPUTILS.PAS Utilities for file transfer module. FTPUSER.PAS 4.8 FTPUSE.PAS ETNET.SEG SAIL_STRING.SEG 2.4 SAILST.SEG :LINK 2.13 PRINT PRINT.SEG - PRINT.SE Implements all the commands. FTP.PAS 4.7 FTP.PAS File transfer program.G :LINK 0.0 SETBAUD SETBAUD.SEG - SETBAU.SEG ETHERNET.NAMES - ETHERN.NAM  PRINT.PAS 2.13 PRINT.PAS Print a text file on an HP 7310A printer or  >UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE - FILE SYSTEM UTILITIES SOURCES file  through the TNW GPIB to RS232 converter. FLOPPYTRANSFERS.PAS 0.1 FLPTRA.PAS Utility routines for name version file name on floppy --------- short description. --------------------floppy (formerly RT11 and RT11Utils). GETNETADDR.PAS 1.0 GETNET.PAS Netw-------- APPEND.PAS 3.1 APPEND.PAS Append a file to the end of another. COPY.PAS ork name to address module. SAIL_STRING.PAS 2.4 SAILST.PAS String Manipulation Package. SETBAU 5.3 COPY.PAS Copy a file to another. DELETE.PAS 2.4 DELETE.PAS D.PAS 0.0 SETBAU.PAS Program to set RS232 Baud rate. >UTILITY.DEVICE.BINARY - UTILITY DEV Delete a file or files. DIRECT.PAS 4.4 DIRECT.PAS Print a directory listing. DIRTREE. Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | UTILITY.OTHERS.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | | UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE SRC.CMD |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Label | | |-----------------------------------------------------------s for Source Systems Page 2/5 |---------------------------------------------------------------| ----| | | | PRQ-SFT-GBD-7  | | | PRQ-SFT-TSD-7  | | 3RCC PERQ UTILITY PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corpor | | 3RCC PERQ DEVICE UTILITY PROGRAM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION | | FLOPPY ation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | | | | OS.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD  | | | | Group name Command | | OS.MISCELLANEOUS MISC.CMD | |  file | | | | UTILITY.DEVICE.SOURCE S | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | RC.CMD | | | |---------------------------- | | PRQ-SFT-ESD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ OTHER UTILITY PROGRAM -----------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-FSD-6  | | SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers  | | 3RCC PERQ FILE UTILITY PROGRAM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (  2.4 DELETE DELETE.SEG - DELETE.SEG :LINK 4.4 DIRECT DIRECT.SEG -erpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.QCODE.3 - QCODE.3 Op DIRECT.SEG :LINK 2.1 DIRTREE DIRTREE.SEG - DIRTRE.SEG :LINK 0.4 code interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 3). PERQ.QCODE.4 - QCODE.4  FIXPART FIXPART.SEG - FIXPAR.SEG :LINK 1.3 MAKEDIR MAKEDIR.SEG - MAKED Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 4). PERQ.QCODE.5 - QCODE.5 I.SEG :LINK 3.1 PARTITION PARTITION.SEG - PARTIT.SEG :LINK 5.3 RENAME  Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 5). PERQ.QCODE.6 - QCODE.6  tree. FIXPART.PAS 0.5 FIXPAR.PAS Fix smashed partition or disk information blocks. MAKEDI RENAME.SEG - RENAME.SEG :LINK 3.2 SCAVENGER SCAVENGER.SEG - SCAVEN.SEG :LIR.PAS 2.2 MAKEDI.PAS Make directories. PARTITION.PAS 3.2 PARTIT.PAS NK 1.2 SETSEARCH SETSEARCH.SEG - SETSEA.SEG :LINK 4.2 TYPEFILE TYPEFIL Initialize partitions on disks. RENAME.PAS 5.3 RENAME.PAS Change the name of a E.SEG - TYPEFI.SEG >MICROCODE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file name version file name onfile. SCAVENGER.PAS 3.2 SCAVEN.PAS Analyze and reconstruct disks and directories. DIRSCAVEN floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- PERQGE.PAS - DIRSCA.PAS Reconstruct directories. SETSEARCH.PAS 1.3 SETSEA.PAS .MICRO 2.4 PERQ.MIC Perq Q-code interpreter microcode. PERQ.DFS 1.4 PERQ. Change search lists TYPEFILE.PAS 4.2 TYPEFI.PAS Type file to the console. DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and entrypoints used by Perq.Micro and othe >UTILITY.FILE.BINARY - UTILITY FILE SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy ----r microprograms. PERQ.QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS Definitions of QCode inst----- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 2.1 APPEND Aruction names and numbers. PERQ.QCODE.1 - QCODE.1 Opcode interpreterPPEND.SEG - APPEND.SEG :LINK 5.3 COPY COPY.SEG - COPY.SEG :LINK  routines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.QCODE.2 - QCODE.2 Opcode int  | | PRQ-SFT-HSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ PA | | PRQ-SFT-IBD-6 | | SCAL COMPILER SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single 3RCC PERQ PASCAL COMPILER BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982  density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | single density, double sided D.6 | | Group name Command file | | |  | | Group name Command file | | | PASCAL.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | | PASCAL.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-SSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCE DISTR | | PRQ-SFT-JBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE SOURCE DIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 ISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double | | | | Group name Comm sided D.6 | | | | Group name and file | | | | PASCAL.MORE.SOURCE  Command file | | | | MICROCODE. | | Group name Command file | |  SRC.CMD | | | |------------------------ | | UTILITY.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | ---------------------------------------| Labels for Sour | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | ce Systems Page 3/5 |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  ine drawing microcode. IO.MICRO 1.10 IO.MIC Input/output microcode. IO.DFS 0 MBaud ethernet microcode. >MICROCODE.MORE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy 1.5 IO.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and entrypoints used by IO.Mi --------- short description. ---------------------------- ETHER10.BINARY 4.0 Ecro and other microprograms. IOE3.MICRO 1.2 IOE3.MIC Microcode to drTHER1.BIN >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE - MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCES file name versionive the 3MBaud EtherNet. VFY.MICRO 1.8 VFY.MIC Verify that the hardware seems to work. S file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- MICROOPTIONYSB.MICRO 2.5 SYSB.MIC System boot microcode. BOOT.MICRO 4.0 BOOT.MIC .PAS 1.0 MICROO.PAS Option processor for PrqMic and PrqPlace. ODTPRQ.PAS 8.0 ODT Boot-prom microcode. KRNL.MICRO 1.2 KRNL.MIC Perq microcode kernel. LINKPRQ.PAS Simple Perq to Perq microcode debugger. ODTUTILS.PAS - ODTUTI.PAS .MICRO 1.2 LINK.MIC 16-bit parallel interface microcode.  Utility routines for ODTPRQ ODTDUMP.PAS - ODTDUM.PAS The ODTPRQ dump subsystem. PR Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 6). PERQ.QCODE.7 -  >MICROCODE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- QCODE.7 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 7). PERQ.FLOAT.MUL  short description. ---------------------------- PERQ.BIN 2.4 PERQ.BIN IO.BIN _ FLOAT.MUL Special multiply for floating point. PERQ.ROUTINE.1 - ROUTIN.1  1.10 IO.BIN VFY.BIN 1.8 VFY.BIN SYSB.BIN 2.5 SYSB.BIN BOOT.BIN  Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.ROUTINE.2 - ROUTIN.2 Subroutines for Pe4.0 BOOT.BIN KRNL.BIN 1.2 KRNL.BIN LINK.BIN 1.2 LINK.BIN >MICROCODE.MORE.SOURCE - rq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.INIT - PERQ.INI Initialization for Perq.Micro. RO.MICRO MICROCODE SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  0.6 RO.MIC Raster-op microcode. LINE.MICRO 1.1 LINE.MIC L ---------------------------- ETHER10.MICRO 4.0 ETHER1.MIC 1 SOURCE SRC.CMD | | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------| | | ------------------------------------------------------| | | |  | PRQ-SFT-MBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  PRQ-SFT-KSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | | | | Group name Command file  | | | | Group name Command file  | | | | DOCUMENTATION-1 1DOC.CMD | | | | MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE SRC.CMD  | | | |----------------------------------- | | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------| Labels for Source Systems Page 4/5 |-----------------------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-LBD-6 ---------------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-NBD-7 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Riv | | 3RCC PERQ MORE DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyrigers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | ht (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | Group name Command file | | | | MICROCODE.BINARY BIN.CMD | | MICRO | | DOCUMENTATION-2 2DOC.CMD CODE.SUPPORT.BINARY SUPBIN.CMD SUPLNK.CMD | | | |---- | | | |------------------------------------------------------- - PMEGEN.PAS Program to create PRQMIC.ERROR from PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT. PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT - PRating system. FILE.FORMAT - FILE.FOR Describe source file format foQERR.TXT Source for PRQMIC.ERROR (error message text). >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.BINARY - MICROCODE SUPPORT r Perq software. FILES.DOC - FILES.DOC File system user's manual. MICRO.DOC SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  D.6 MICRO.DOC Microprogrammer's guide. MAKESYSTEM.DOC - MAKESY.DOC  ---------------------------- MICROOPTION.SEG 1.0 MICROO.SEG PRQPL_SORT.SEG 2.0 PRQPLS.SEG :LINK  How to make a new version of the operating system. PASCAL.DOC D.6 PASCAL.DOC  2.8 PRQMIC PRQMIC.SEG - PRQMIC.SEG PRQMIC.ERROR - PRQMIC.ERR :LINK  Pascal extensions. PERQ_Z80.DOC - PERQZ8.DOC Description of PERQ/Z80 protocol. 2.5 PRQPLACE PRQPLACE.SEG - PRQPLA.SEG :LINK 1.2 PRQDIS PRQDIS.SEG -  QCODE.DOC D.6 QCODE.DOC QCode reference manual SEGMENT.DOC - SEGMEN.DOC PRQDIS.SEG :LINK 8.0 ODTPRQ ODTPRQ.SEG - ODTPRQ.SEG ODTUTILS.SEG - O Segment file format. SETBAUD.DOC - SETBAU.DOC User Information forDTUTI.SEG ODTDUMP.SEG - ODTDUM.SEG ODT13.KST - ODT13.KST >DOCUMENTATION-1 - DOCUMENTA program to set RS232 Baud rate. >DOCUMENTATION-2 - DOCUMENTATION file TION file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. --name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------------------------- EDITOR.DOC - EDITOR.DOC Editor quick guide. EDITORK.DOC -------- UTILITIES.DOC D.6 UTILIT.DOC Utility program manual. INTRO.DOC D.6 QDIS.PAS 1.2 PRQDIS.PAS Perq microcode disassembler. PRQPL_SORT.PAS 2.0 PRQPLS. 2.0 EDITK.DOC Editor User's Guide. EXAMPLES.DOC D.6 EXAMPL.DOC PAS Sorting routines for PrqPlace. PRQPLACE.PAS 2.5 PRQPLA.PAS Perq mi Examples of Interesting system commands. FAULT.DOC D.6 FAULT.DOC Fault dictionary focrocode placer. PRQMIC.PAS 2.8 PRQMIC.PAS Perq microcode assembler. PMEGEN.PAS r the diagnostic display. FEATURES.DOC - FEATUR.DOC Quirks, bugs, and oddities in the oper  | | TEST.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | CMD | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Labels for Source Systems  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  Page 5/5 |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-QSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCE  | | PRQ-SFT-XSD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM OP--------| | | | PRQ-SFT-OSD-6 DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY| | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D. | | 3RCC PERQ TEST PROGRAM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Co6 | | | | Group name rporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | Command file | | | | DEMO.SOURCE  | | Group name Command file | |  SRC.CMD | | DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE SIGSRC.CMD | |  | | TEST.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | PRQ-SFT-RBD-6 | | 3RC | | PRQ-SFT-PBD-6 | | 3RCC PERC PERQ DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY| | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | Q TEST PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | si single density, double sided D.6 | | ngle density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | Group name Command file | |  Group name Command file | |  | | DEMO.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY SIGBIN.CMD SIGLNK.  INTRO.DOC Operating system user's short guide. PERQ.FILES - PERQ.FIL  Simple tests that repeat--allowing probing of boards. LOW.MICRO 1.0 LOW.MIC  This list. PERQ.FILES.LABELS - PERQFI.LAB Masters for labels on Perq.Files floppies.  Test for stuck bits in the low bank of the microstore. MEM.MICRO 2.0 MEM.MIC  >DOCUMENTATION-3 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy ---------  Dual addressing test of the memory. NEXTOP.MICRO 1.1 NEXTOP.MIC NextOp d short description. ---------------------------- POS.DOC D.6 POS.DOC iagnostic. Register diagnostic. NXTI.MICRO 1.1 NXTI.MIC NextInst diag Operating system interface guide. >TEST.SOURCEnostic. PART.MICRO 1.1 PART.MIC Memory Parity diagnostic. PBT.MICRO 1.1  - TEST PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. PBT.MIC Pre-boot diagnostic. PDM.PAS 0.4 PDM.PAS Perq diagnostic  ---------------------------- CHARS.PAS 1.1 CHARS.PAS Screen magnifier.monitor. PDM2.PAS - PDM2.PAS PDM 2nd module. PDCOMMON.PAS - PDCOMM.PAS CROSSHATCH.PAS 0.2 CROSSH.PAS Put crosshatch or checkerboard on display  PDM/PDS common definitions. PDMUTILS.PAS - PDMUTI.PAS PDM utility r screen. DISPATCH.MICRO 1.1 DISPAT.MIC Dispatch diagnostic. DTST.MICRO 1.2 DTSToutines. PDMLOAD.PAS - PDMLOD.PAS PDM Pascal program loader. PDM.MAS - .MIC Disk test microcode. DUAL.MICRO 1.0 DUAL.MIC Microstore dual ad PDM.MAS PDM master file for current diagnostics. PDS.PAS - PDS.PAS dress test. HIGH.MICRO 1.0 HIGH.MIC Test for stuck bits in the high bank of the  Perq diagnostic slave. PDM.HELP - PDM.HELP PDM help file. PDM.MICRO  microstore. JUMP.MICRO 1.0 JUMP.MIC Test microcode jumps. KEYTEST.PAS  - PDM.MIC Pseudo PDS microcode example. PDMVFY.MICRO 1.1 PDMVFY.MIC  1.5 KEYTST.PAS Keyboard test program. LOOP.MICRO 0.0 LOOP.MIC  PDM version of VFY. RAT.MICRO 1.3 RAT.MIC Source data suspicious raster-op test. R  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 file | | | | DOCUMENTATION-3 3D | | | | OC.CMD | | | |---------------------------- | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | -----------------------------------| Labels for Non-Source Systems Page 1/3 |-------------- | | PRQ-SFT-VBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 -------------------------------------------------| | | | PRQMICROCODE MORE SOURCE | | DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | -SFT-UBD-7 | | 3RCC PERQ D.6 LOAD BOOT FLOPPY - NON-SOURCE | |  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single de Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 ERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SOURCE | | DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Thrnsity, double sided D.6 | | | | Groee Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | up name Command file | | | |  | | Group name Command file | |  MICROCODE.MORE.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | | OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE SRC.CMD | |  | | |  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | | PRQ-SFT-WBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  | | | PRQ-SFT-TBD-6  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  | | 3RCC PERQ FIX BOOT FLOPPY | |  | | | | Group name Command   1.1 NEXTOP.BIN NXTI.BIN 1.1 NXTI.BIN PART.BIN 1.1 PART.BIN PBT.BIN file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK  1.1 PBT.BIN RAT.BIN 1.3 RAT.BIN REGT.BIN 1.1 REGT.BIN SHIFT.BIN 1.1  6.0 PASCAL PASCAL.SEG - PASCAL.SEG COMPINIT.SEG - COMPIN.SEG CODEGEN.SEG  SHIFT.BIN STACK.BIN 1.0 STACK.BIN TST.BIN 1.1 TST.BIN :LINK 2.1 TEST - CODEGE.SEG DECPART.SEG - DECPAR.SEG BODYPART.SEG - BODYPA.SEG EXPEXPR.SEG EGT.MICRO 1.1 REGT.MICRO SHIFT.MICRO 1.0 SHIFT.MIC Test of the shift hardwaFLOPPY TESTFLOPPY.SEG - TSTFPY.SEG >PASCAL.SOURCE - PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name verre. STACK.MICRO 1.0 STACK.MIC 20-bit, 16-level stack test. TESTFLOPPY.PAS 2.1 Tsion file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- PASCAL.STFPY.PAS Test and format floppies.(formerly FLOPPY) TST.MICRO 1.1 TST.MIC PAS 6.0 PASCAL.PAS Pascal compiler global definitions. PAS0.PAS - PAS0. Pre-Boot diagnostic. >TEST.BINARPAS PAS1.PAS - PAS1.PAS PAS2.PAS - PAS2.PAS QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS Y - TEST PROGRAM SEG, RUN, AND BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short d Q-Code const definitions. COMPINIT.PAS - COMPIN.PAS Initialization. escription. ---------------------------- :LINK 1.1 CHARS CHARS.SEG - CODEGEN.PAS - CODEGE.PAS Code generator. DECPART.PAS - DECPAR.PAS  CHARS.BIN :LINK 0.2 CROSSHATCH CROSSHATCH.SEG - CROSSH.SEG DISPATCH.BIN 1.1  Declaration processor. DEC0.PAS - DEC0.PAS DEC1.PAS - DEC1.PAS DEC2.PAS  DISPAT.BIN DTST.BIN 1.2 DTST.BIN DUAL.BIN 1.0 DUAL.BIN HIGH.BIN 1.0 HIGH - DEC2.PAS BODYPART.PAS - BODYPA.PAS Procedure/function/program body pro.BIN JUMP.BIN 1.0 JUMP.BIN :LINK 1.5 KEYTEST KEYTEST.SEG - KEYTST.SEG Lcessor. BODY0.PAS - BODY0.PAS BODY1.PAS - BODY1.PAS BODY2.PAS - BODY2.POOP.BIN 0.0 LOOP.BIN LOW.BIN 1.0 LOW.BIN MEM.BIN 2.0 MEM.BIN NEXTOP.BIN AS BODY3.PAS - BODY3.PAS >PASCAL.BINARY - PASCAL COMPILER SEG FILES file name version   | | | | Group name Couble sided D.6 | | | | Group name ommand file | | | | OS.BINARY  Command file | | | | PASCA BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | OS.MISCELLANEOUS MISC.CMD | | L.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | | |---- | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | -----------------------------------------------------------| | |  | | PRQ-SFT-GBD-7 | | 3RCC | PRQ-SFT-JBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  PERQ UTILITY PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | |  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  single density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | | Group name Command file  | Group name Command file | |  | | | | MICROCODE.SOURCE SRC.CMD  | | UTILITY.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | |  | | | |-----------------------------------| | | |--------------------------------------------------------- | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Labels for Non-Source Systems ------| | | | PRQ-SFT-DBD-7  Page 2/3 |---------------------------------------------------------------| |  | | 3RCC PERQ SYSTEM D.6 OPERATING SYSTEM BINARY | | DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  | | PRQ-SFT-IBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ PASCAL COMPIL | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6ER BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, d  Program to generate PASCAL.SYNTAX from SYNTAX.DAT. SYNTAX.DAT - SYNTAX.DAT PAS Print an image of the screen to an HP 7310A printer. SEISMO.PAS -  Error message data file. QDIS.PAS 2.0 QDIS.PAS Q-Code disassembler. SEISMO.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. SKETCH.PAS - SKETCH.PAS  Also needs QCODES.PAS. FQCODES.PAS 1.0 FQCODE.PAS Program to generate QCODES from QCODES. Sketch on the screen using the tablet. >DEMO.BINARY - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SEG FILES file name vDAT. QCODES.DAT - QCODES.DAT Q-Code name data file. FRESWORDS.PAS 1.0 FRESWersion file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINKO.PAS Program to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. RESWORDS.DAT - RESWOR.DAT  - KAL KAL.SEG - KAL.SEG :LINK - KINETIC KINETIC.SEG  Q-Code name data file. LEX.PAS 0.0 LEX.PAS Lexical scanner for compiler.  - KINETI.SEG :LINK - LIFE LIFE.SEG - LIFE.SEG :LINK - - EXPEXP.SEG PASCAL.SYNTAX - PASCAL.SYN PASCAL.RESWORDS - PASCAL.RES LEX.SEG 0 >DEMO.SOURCE - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy ------.0 LEX.SEG FQCODES.SEG 1.0 FQCODE.SEG FRESWORDS.SEG 1.0 FRESWO.SEG FSYNTAX.SEG 1.0 --- short description. ---------------------------- KAL.PAS - KAL.PAS  FSYNTA.SEG :LINK 2.0 QDIS QDIS.SEG - QDIS.SEG QCODES - QCODES  Kaleidoscope display. KINETIC.PAS - KINETI.PAS Demonstrate random ras >PASCAL.MORE.SOURCE - MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- ter-ops. LIFE.PAS - LIFE.PAS The game of life. LINE.PAS - LINE.PAS short description. ---------------------------- EXPEXPR.PAS - EXPEXP.PAS  Line drawing display. PETAL.PAS - PETAL.PAS Cycloid drawing disp Expression expansion. EXPR0.PAS - EXPR0.PAS EXPR1.PAS - EXPR1.PAS EXPRlay. MULDIV.PAS - MULDIV.PAS Double precision multiply and divide for Petal. SLEEP.PAS2.PAS - EXPR2.PAS EXPR3.PAS - EXPR3.PAS FSYNTAX.PAS 1.0 FSYNTA.PAS  - SLEEP.PAS Sleep for a specified period of time. SCREENDUMP.PAS 0.0 SCRDMP.  | | 3RCC PERQ MICROCODE BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Thre Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | e Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | Group name Command file | |  | | DOCUMENTATION-2 2DOC.CMD | | | | MICROCODE.BINARY BIN.CMD | |  | |-------------------------------------------------------------MICROCODE.SUPPORT.BINARY SUPBIN.CMD SUPLNK.CMD | | | --| Labels for Non-Source Systems Page 3/3 |---------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------| | ------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-PBD-6  | | PRQ-SFT-MBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY  | | 3RCC PERQ TEST PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Compute | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 r Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | |  | | | | Group name Command fi | | Group name Command file | | le | | | | DOCUMENTATION-1 1DOC | | TEST.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | .CMD | | | |------------------------------ | |---------------------------------------------------------------| | ---------------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-NBD-7  | | PRQ-SFT-RBD-6 | | 3RCC----------------------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-LBD-6  | | 3RCC PERQ MORE DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C)  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------ Load and unload fonts for Just. >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION BINARY FILES fi---------------------- INITDEMO.PAS - INITD.PAS Initialize the demole name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -----------------. PETALDEMO.PAS - PETALD.PAS Cycloid drawing display. LINEDEMO.PAS - LINED.----------- :LINK - INITDEMO INITDEMO.SEG - INITD.SEG :LINK - PEPAS Line drawing display. LIFEDEMO.PAS - LIFED.PAS The game of life.TALDEMO PETALDEMO.SEG - PETALD.SEG :LINK - LINEDEMO LINEDEMO.SEG - LINED.S SEISDEMO.PAS - SEISD.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. GETSAVE.PAS - EG :LINK - LIFEDEMO LIFEDEMO.SEG - LIFED.SEG :LINK - SEISDEMO SE GETSAV.PAS Get display from file to screen or save from screen to file. CREATEWIN.ISDEMO.SEG - SEISD.SEG :LINK - GETSAVE GETSAVE.SEG - GETSAV.SEG :LINK PAS - CREWIN.PAS Create entry in Screen package's window table. SLIDER.PAS -  - CREATEWIN CREATEWIN.SEG - CREWIN.SEG :LINK - SLIDER SLIDER.SEG  SLIDER.PAS Slide a window from one position to another on the screen. JUST.PAS  - SLIDER.SEG :LINK - JUST JUST.SEG - JUST.SEG :LINK -  - JUST.PAS Justify text with various fonts in a window. WIPEWIN.PAS - W WIPEWIN WIPEWIN.SEG - WIPWIN.SEG :LINK - SNOOZE SNOOZE.SEG - SNOOZLINE LINE.SEG - LINE.SEG :LINK - PETAL PETAL.SEG - PETAL.SEG MULIPWIN.PAS Wipe a picture into a window. SNOOZE.PAS - SNOOZE.PAS PaDIV.SEG - MULDIV.SEG SLEEP.SEG - SLEEP.SEG :LINK 0.0 SCREENDUMP SCREENuse for a specified period of time. Modules for SigGraph demo: MulDiv, Sleep, WindDUMP.SEG - SCRDMP.SEG :LINK - SEISMO SEISMO.SEG - SEISMO.SEG :LINK owLib, SigUtils, FontStuff. WINDOWLIB.PAS - WINLIB.PAS Window routine library. SIGUTILS. - SKETCH SKETCH.SEG - SKETCH.SEG >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION SOURCESPAS - SIGUTI.PAS SigGraph 80 demo utilities. FONTSTUFF.PAS - FONTST.PAS  -----------------------------------------------------| | | |  | | * NOT DISTRIBUTED WITH STANDARD SOFTWARE * | | ******************************************  PRQ-SFT-TBD-6 | | 3RCC PERQ FIX BOOT FLOPPY |  | | | | single density, double sided D.6  PERQ DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM BINARY DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY| | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | |  | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6  single density, double sided D.6 | | | | | | |----------------------------------------------------- | Group name Command file | | ----------| | | | PRQ-SFT-WBD-6  | | DEMO.BINARY BIN.CMD LINK.CMD | | DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY SIGBIN.CMD SIGLNK.C | | 3RCC PERQ DOCUMENTATION DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer MD | | | |----------------------------------------------Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double sided D.6 | | -----------------| | | | PRQ-SFT-SND-6  | | Group name Command file | |  | | 3RCC PERQ OPERATING SYSTEM SOURCE DISTRIBUTION | | FLOPPY  | | DOCUMENTATION-3 3DOC.CMD | |  | | Copyright (C) Three Rivers Computer Corporation, 1982 | | single density, double  | |---------------------------------------------------------------| Labels fosided D.6 | | | | Group name r Internal Use Only Page 1/1 |---------------------------------------------------------------| | Command file | | OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE | | OS.PROGRAMS | | 3RCC USER LIBRARY SOURCE DISTRIBUTION FLOPPY .SOURCE SRC.CMD | | OS.IO.SOURCE | |---------- | | | | ******************************************  SEG FEATURES.SLIDE - FEATUR.SLI SOFTWARE.SLIDE - SOFTWA.SLI NETWORK.SLIDE - NETWOR.SL GENMAZE.PAS - GENMAZ.PAS Creates a well-formed random maze. MAZEPLAYER.PAS - I UCODE.SLIDE - UCODE.SLI IO.SLIDE - IO.SLI 3RCC.SLIDE - 3RCC.SLI JUST.D MAZEPL.PAS Used by Maze to allow user to try to get through the maze EMO - JUST.DEM GRAPH.PIC - GRAPH.PIC 3RCC.PIC - 3RCC.PIC BLANK.PIC eletions, and other updates. 29 Jan 82 LFK Brad's D.6 updates.  - BLANK.PIC WASHDC.PIC - WASHDC.PIC NGR13.KST - NGR13.KST MET22.KST  28 Jan 82 LFK Added ethernet stuff (s.j.) 28 Jan 82 LFK New category for cmd files. (e. - MET22.KST DEMO - DEMO DEMO1.CMD - DEMO1.CMD >PERQFILE.USERLIBRARY -c.) 28 Jan 82 LFK Updates lights,stream,pasreal from s.b. 28 Jan 82 LFK New compil USER LIBRARY SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. er updates. 27 Jan 82 LFK Strait and Scelza updates. 27 Jan 82 LFK Updated Vfy.mic ---------------------------- CURSDESIGN.PAS 1.0 CURSDE.PAS Program used to dero sysb.micro 27 Jan 82 LFK Added new test module. 20-25 Jan 82 LFK Put in shape to rsign new cursors. FONTED.PAS - FONTED.PAS Program used to create new fonts. FONT2ED.Peflect D.65 changes and some things wrong with D.65. 15 Jan 82 LFK NAS - FONT2E.PAS Part of Fonted. FONTED.CURSOR - FONTED.CUR ew directory structure. Alphabetize index. 07 Jan 82 LFK Matched P.f File of pictures needed by the font editor. DR.MEMORY.PAS - DRMEMO.PAS Peek and poke iniles to D.66 system - microcode 31 Dec 81 CLH Set up for new FLOPPY, Real pascal com- to the memory manager tables. TD.PAS - TD.PAS Demo of Grapics  piler, new Popcmdparse, etc. 07 Dec 81 LFK Added RealFunction. Updated utprogress.  TD1.PAS - TD1.PAS Part of TD TD2.PAS - TD2.PAS  24 Nov 81 LFK Mark change to Typefile. 23 Nov 81 LFK Scott change to STREAM. E.SEG WINDOWLIB.SEG - WINLIB.SEG SIGUTILS.SEG - SIGUTI.SEG FONTSTUFF.SEG - FONTST. Another part of TD MAZE.PAS - MAZE.PAS Draws a maze and runs a mouse through it !  Global defs for floppy FLOPPYUTILS.PAS 0.1 FLPUTI.PAS Utility routines for floppy FLOPPYF 4.2 FTPUTI.SEG FTPUSER.SEG 4.3 FTPUSE.SEG :LINK 2.13 PRINT PRINT.SEG ORMAT.PAS 0.1 FLPFOR.PAS Diskette format routines for floppy (formerly modu- PRINT.SEG :LINK 0.0 SETBAUD SETBAUD.SEG - SETBAU.SEG le FORMAT). FTPUTILS.PAS 4.2 FTPUTILS.PAS Utilities for file transfer module. FTPUSER.PAS  >UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE - FILE SYSTEM UTILITIES SOURCES file name version 4.3 FTPUSE.PAS Implements all the commands. FTP.PAS 4.3 FTP.PAS  file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- APPEND.PAS  File transfer program. PRINT.PAS 2.13 PRINT.PAS Print a text file on an HP 731 3.1 APPEND.PAS Append a file to the end of another. COPY.PAS 5.3 COPY.PAS  | | | | Group name Comma0A printer or through the TNW GPIB to RS232 converter. FLOPPYTRANSFERS.PAS 0.1 FLPTRA.PAS nd file | | | | USERLIBRARY  Utility routines for floppy (formerly RT11 and RT11Utils). SETBAUD.PAS 0.0 SET SRC.CMD | | | |-------------------------BAU.PAS Program to set RS232 Baud rate. >UTILITY.DEVICE.BINARY - UTILITY DEVICE BINARY FILES file na--------------------------------------| me version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------- file name version file name on floppy ---------- short description. ------------------ :LINK 0.6 CHATTER CHATTER.SEG - CHATTE.SEG--------------- CHATTER.PAS 0.6 CHATTE.PAS RS232 dumb terminal program. FLOPPYCOPY.PAS  :LINK 3.2 FLOPPY FLOPPY.SEG - FLOPPY.SEG FLOPPYDEFS.SEG - FLPDFS.SEG FLO 2.2 FLPCOP.PAS Floppydup part of floppy (formerly COPYFLOPPY). FLOPPY.PAS 3.2 FLOPPPYCOPY.SEG 2.1 FLPCOP.SEG FLOPPYUTILS.SEG 0.1 FLPUTI.SEG FLOPPYFORMAT.SEG 0.1 FLPFOR.SEG FLOPPPY.PAS Main program for general floppy utility FLOPPYDEFS.PAS 0.0 FLPDEF.PAS YTRANSFERS.SEG 0.1 FLPTRA.SEG :LINK 4.3 FTP.SEG FTP.SEG - FTP.SEG FTPUTILS.SEG !  10 Jul 81 BAM (fixed version numbers) 6 Jul 81 BAM (removed EF1) 12 Jun 81 JPS  1.4 DYNAMI.PAS Dynamic allocation routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EE 11 Jun 81 BAM 1 Jun 81 BAM 4 Apr 81 DAS 21 Apr 81 B.DFS Exception Enable Block definitions--common to Pascal and microcode  19 Nov 81 LFK Strait changes. Szelza changes 3 d won. 19 Nov 81 LFK Changes to PLXJPS 4 Apr 81 JPS 31 Mar 81 JPS 30 Mar 81 DAS 28 Mar , EDITOR, FLOPPYDUP. 17 Nov 81 LFK 26 updates submitted by JPS. 11 Nov 81 JM Chan81 DAS 26 Mar 81 DAS 16 Mar 81 DAS 6 Mar 81 JPS. 4ged PLX and PLXUTILS. 09 Nov 81 LFK Changed Floppydup (# of sides to copy). 03 Nov 81  Mar 81 JPS and DAS. 17 Feb 81 JPS. 26 Jan 81 JPS. 22 Dec 80 JPS. LFK Z80 Documentation, Fix util. double dens. 02 Nov 81 LFK Changed Dirtree and added Dirtree.Cur.  21 Nov 80 JPS. 20 Nov 80 JPS. 10 Nov 80 JPS. 23 Oct 80 J 02 Nov 81 LFK Split UTILITY -- Utility.Device.Source. 27 Oct 81 LFK Updated FILES.PRPS. >OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SOURCES file name veOSE 27 Oct 81 LFK Added SetTime to OSPgms, updated TypeFile. 26 Oct 81 LFK Changesrsion file name on floppy --------- short description. ----------------------------  to Microcode. 21 Oct 81 LFK Updated PLX and PLXUTILS. 15 Oct 81 LFK Updated Edito ACB.DFS 1.1 ACB.DFS Activation control block definitions--common r. 14 Oct 81 LFK Plx and Floppydup update. 13 Oct 81 LFK Fix Swappability.  to microcode and Pascal. ALIGNMEMORY.PAS 1.1 ALIGNM.PAS Allocate buffers on multi 13 Oct 81 LFK D.98 Updates. 12 Oct 81 LFK Split OS. 06 Oct 81 LFK ples of 256 word boundaries. ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS Double precision arithmetic for the Added SHIFT to Test. 30 Sep 81 LFK 30 Sep 81 LFK D5-->D99 updates disk system. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS Run file and seg file definitio 19 Jul 81 JPS System D.5. 13 Jul 81 BAM (removed PDM.Seg stuff from Perq.Files) ns. CONTROLSTORE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.PAS Load controlstore and jump to controlstore. DYNAMIC.PAS " artitions on disks. RENAME.PAS 5.3 RENAME.PAS Change the name of a file. SCAVENGER.PAS YPEFI.SEG >MICROCODE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file name version file name on floppy ---------  3.2 SCAVEN.PAS Analyze and reconstruct disks and directories. DIRSCAVENGE.PAS - DIR short description. ---------------------------- PERQ.MICRO 2.4 SCA.PAS Reconstruct directories. SETSEARCH.PAS 1.3 SETSEA.PAS Change se PERQ.MIC Perq Q-code interpreter microcode. PERQ.DFS 1.4 PERQ.DFS arch lists TYPEFILE.PAS 4.2 TYPEFI.PAS Type file to the console. >UTI Definitions of registers, constants, and entrypoints used by Perq.Micro and other LITY.FILE.BINARY - UTILITY FILE SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short  microprograms. PERQ.QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS Definitions of QCode instruction names and description. ---------------------------- :LINK 2.1 APPEND APPEND.SEG -  numbers. PERQ.QCODE.1 - QCODE.1 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micr APPEND.SEG :LINK 5.3 COPY COPY.SEG - COPY.SEG :LINK 2.4 DELETo (part 1). PERQ.QCODE.2 - QCODE.2 Opcode interpreter routines for PE DELETE.SEG - DELETE.SEG :LINK 4.4 DIRECT DIRECT.SEG - DIRECT.SEG :LIerq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.QCODE.3 - QCODE.3 Opcode interpreter routin Copy a file to another. DELETE.PAS 2.4 DELETE.PAS Delete a file or fiNK 2.1 DIRTREE DIRTREE.SEG - DIRTRE.SEG :LINK 0.4 FIXPART FIXPART.SEles. DIRECT.PAS 4.4 DIRECT.PAS Print a directory listing. DIRTREE.PAS 3.2 DG - FIXPAR.SEG :LINK 1.3 MAKEDIR MAKEDIR.SEG - MAKEDI.SEG :LINK IRTRE.PAS Display the directory structure of a partition as a tree. FIXPART.PAS  3.1 PARTITION PARTITION.SEG - PARTIT.SEG :LINK 5.3 RENAME RENAME.SEG -  0.5 FIXPAR.PAS Fix smashed partition or disk information blocks. MAKEDIR.PAS 2.2  RENAME.SEG :LINK 3.2 SCAVENGER SCAVENGER.SEG - SCAVEN.SEG :LINK 1.2  MAKEDI.PAS Make directories. PARTITION.PAS 3.2 PARTIT.PAS Initialize p SETSEARCH SETSEARCH.SEG - SETSEA.SEG :LINK 4.2 TYPEFILE TYPEFILE.SEG - T"  Routine dictionary definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. READER.PAS  1.4 DYNAMI.SEG EXCEPT.SEG 2.9 EXCEPT.SEG GETTIMESTAMP.SEG 1.4 GETTIM.SEG LOADER.SEG 22.1 READER.PAS Stream package input conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 REALFU.PAS .6 LOADER.SEG MEMORY.SEG 2.13 MEMORY.SEG MOVEMEM.SEG 1.6a MOVEME.SEG PASREAL.SEG -  Standard floating-point functions. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS Procedure PASREA.SEG PASLONG.SEG - PASLON.SEG PERQ_STRING.SEG 2.4 PERQST.SEG READER.SEG 2s to read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS Procedures to write run files. SCROUNGE.PA.1 READER.SEG REALFUNCTIONS.SEG 1.0 REALFU.SEG RUNREAD.SEG 1.1 RUNREA.SEG RUNWRITE.SEG S 0.14 SCROUN.PAS The preliminary debugger. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS  1.1 RUNWRI.SEG SCROUNGE.SEG 0.14 SCROUN.SEG STREAM.SEG 1.20 STREAM.SEG :LINK  EXCEPT.PAS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1.4  Stream package base routines - Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operat EXCEPT.DFS Definitions of the exceptions--common to microcode and Pascal. ing system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS Common system definitions. VIRTUAL.PAS GETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 GETTIM.PAS Get time and date as TimeStamp. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2  2.8 VIRTUA.PAS The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 VRD.DFS LIGHTS.PAS Definitions of the lights. LOADER.PAS 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq Variable Routine Descriptor Definitions common to Pascal and microcode. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WR Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 MEMORY.PAS Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a ITER.PAS Stream package output conversion routines. >OS.SYSTEM.BINARY - OPERATMOVEME.PAS Memory manager utility to move segments. PASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS ING SYSTEM SYSTEM SEGMENT FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  Handles double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS 0.1 PASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ --------------------------- ARITH.SEG 2.2 ARITH.SEG ALIGNMEMORY.SEG _STRING.PAS 2.4 PERQST.PAS String manipulation package. RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS  1.1 ALIGNM.SEG CONTROLSTORE.SEG 1.2 CONTRO.SEG CODE.SEG 1.6 CODE.SEG DYNAMIC.SEG # terpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 5). PERQ.QCODE.6 - QCODE.6 O LINK.MIC 16-bit parallel interface microcode. >MICROCODEpcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 6). PERQ.QCODE.7 - QCODE.7 .BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 7). PERQ.FLOAT.MUL _ FLOAT.MUL  ---------------------------- PERQ.BIN 2.4 PERQ.BIN IO.BIN 1.10 IO. Special multiply for floating point. PERQ.ROUTINE.1 - ROUTIN.1 Subroutines BIN VFY.BIN 1.8 VFY.BIN SYSB.BIN 2.5 SYSB.BIN BOOT.BIN 4.0 BOOT.BIN KRNLfor Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.ROUTINE.2 - ROUTIN.2 Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PE.BIN 1.2 KRNL.BIN LINK.BIN 1.2 LINK.BIN >MICROCODE.MORE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES RQ.INIT - PERQ.INI Initialization for Perq.Micro. RO.MICRO 0.6 RO.MIC  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------------ Raster-op microcode. LINE.MICRO 1.1 LINE.MIC Line drawing microcode. ---------------- ETHER10.MICRO 4.0 ETHER1.MIC 10 MBaud ethernet microc IO.MICRO 1.10 IO.MIC Input/output microcode. IO.DFS 1.5 IO.DFS ode. >MICROCODE.MORE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy ---------  Definitions of registers, constants, and entrypoints used by IO.Micro and other short description. ---------------------------- ETHER10.BINARY 4.0 ETHER1.BIN  microprograms. IOE3.MICRO 1.2 IOE3.MIC Microcode to drive the 3MBaud EtherNet >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE - MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCES file name version file name on floppy . VFY.MICRO 1.8 VFY.MIC Verify that the hardware seems to work. SYSB.MICRO 2.5--------- short description. ---------------------------- MICROOPTION.PAS 1.0 MICRes for Perq.Micro (part 3). PERQ.QCODE.4 - QCODE.4 Opcode interprete SYSB.MIC System boot microcode. BOOT.MICRO 4.0 BOOT.MIC Boot-pr routines for Perq.Micro (part 4). PERQ.QCODE.5 - QCODE.5 Opcode inrom microcode. KRNL.MICRO 1.2 KRNL.MIC Perq microcode kernel. LINK.MICRO 1.2 # DOSWAP.PAS Module for handling the "swap" command for shell. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPIB.PAS AS Definition of SHELL. Data format. USERPASS.PAS 1.3 USERPA.PAS Look Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 bus. HELPER.PAS 1.1 HELPER.PAup user name/password pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS User for showing progress of utilitS Module for presenting help menu. INITSHELL.PAS 2.2 INITSH.PAS Does iny programs. >OS.PROGRAMS.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAMS BINARY FILES file name versionitialization for Shell. LINK.PAS 4.3 LINK.PAS Q-Code linker. LOGIN.PAS 2.0  file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------  LOGIN.PAS Login program. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast CLOCK.SEG 1.6 CLOCK.SEG CMDPARSE.SEG 3.6 CMDPAR.SEG DOSWAP.SEG 1.0 DOSWAP. multisector read of a file. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.SEG GPIB.SEG 1.3 GPIB.SEG HELPER.SEG 1.1 HELPER.SEG :LINK - SHELL.6=SHEPAS 2.4 POPUP.PAS Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 LL SHELL.SEG 3.4 SHELL.SEG INITSHELL.SEG 2.2 INITSH.SEG :LINK - LINK.6=LI POPUPC.PAS Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1 PROFILE.PAS MNK LINK.SEG 4.3 LINK.SEG :LINK - LOGIN.6=LOGIN LOGIN.SEG 2.0 LOGIN.SEG - SYSTEM.6=SYSTEM/SYSTEM SYSTEM.SEG 2.4 SYSTEM.SEG VIRTUAL.SEG 2.8 VIRTUA.SEG WRITER.odule for accessing the profile. QUICKSORT.PAS 1.2 QUICKS.PAS Sorts arrays, integers and striSEG 2.2 WRITER.SEG >OS.PROGRAMS.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM SOURCES ngs. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS High-quality random number generator.  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------------- Progress module for utilities. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS232B.PAS Set RS232 baud rate with optiona--- CLOCK.PAS 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set, convert time and date as TimeStamp l enable input. SHELL.PARAS - SHELL.PAR Information necessary to generate SHELL/HELP. SH or String. CMDPARSE.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS Command parser. DOSWAP.PAS 1.0 ELL.PAS 3.4 SHELL.PAS Top-level command processor. SHELLDEFS.PAS 1.0 SHELLD.P$  8.0 ODTPRQ ODTPRQ.SEG - ODTPRQ.SEG ODTUTILS.SEG - ODTUTI.SEG ODTDUMP.SEGSegment file format. SETBAUD.DOC - SETBAU.DOC User Information for program to set RS232 BOO.PAS Option processor for PrqMic and PrqPlace. ODTPRQ.PAS 8.0 ODTPRQ.PAS  - ODTDUM.SEG ODT13.KST - ODT13.KST >DOCUMENTATION-1 - DOCUMENTATION file name  Simple Perq to Perq microcode debugger. ODTUTILS.PAS - ODTUTI.PAS Utility routines  version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------------------------for ODTPRQ ODTDUMP.PAS - ODTDUM.PAS The ODTPRQ dump subsystem. PRQDIS.PAS 1.2 --- EDITOR.DOC - EDITOR.DOC Editor quick guide. EDITORK.DOC 2.0 EDITK.D PRQDIS.PAS Perq microcode disassembler. PRQPL_SORT.PAS 2.0 PRQPLS.PAS OC Editor User's Guide. EXAMPLES.DOC D.6 EXAMPL.DOC Examples of Intere Sorting routines for PrqPlace. PRQPLACE.PAS 2.5 PRQPLA.PAS Perq microcode placer. PRQMICsting system commands. FAULT.DOC D.6 FAULT.DOC Fault dictionary for the diagnostic displa.PAS 2.8 PRQMIC.PAS Perq microcode assembler. PMEGEN.PAS - PMEGEN.PAS y. FEATURES.DOC - FEATUR.DOC Quirks, bugs, and oddities in the operating  Program to create PRQMIC.ERROR from PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT. PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT - PRQERR.TXT  system. FILE.FORMAT - FILE.FOR Describe source file format for Perq software. FILES Source for PRQMIC.ERROR (error message text). >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.BINARY - MICROCODE SUPPORT SEG FILES file .DOC - FILES.DOC File system user's manual. MICRO.DOC D.6 MICRO.DOC name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------------------- Microprogrammer's guide. MAKESYSTEM.DOC - MAKESY.DOC How to make a new ve-------- MICROOPTION.SEG 1.0 MICROO.SEG PRQPL_SORT.SEG 2.0 PRQPLS.SEG :LINK 2.8 PRQMrsion of the operating system. PASCAL.DOC D.6 PASCAL.DOC Pascal exteIC PRQMIC.SEG - PRQMIC.SEG PRQMIC.ERROR - PRQMIC.ERR :LINK 2.5 PRQPLACE nsions. PERQ_Z80.DOC - PERQZ8.DOC Description of PERQ/Z80 protocol. QCODE.DOC  PRQPLACE.SEG - PRQPLA.SEG :LINK 1.2 PRQDIS PRQDIS.SEG - PRQDIS.SEG :LINK D.6 QCODE.DOC QCode reference manual SEGMENT.DOC - SEGMEN.DOC $ ICKSORT.SEG 1.2 QUICKS.SEG RANDOMNUMBERS.SEG 1.2 RANDOM.SEG RS232BAUD.SEG 1.1 RS232B.SEG SHEL Input/output error number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS Names for thLDEFS.SEG 1.0 SHELLD.SEG UTILPROGRESS.SEG 1.16 UTILPR.SEG e Input/output errors. IO_INIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS Input/output manager initialization. IO_ >OS.IO.SOURCE - INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM SOURCE MODULES file name version file name on floppy -----OTHERS.PAS 5.7 IOOTHE.PAS Other Input/output manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS---- short description. ---------------------------- ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PA 5.9 IOPRIV.PAS Interrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IOS Allocation of sectors from the disk free list. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 DISKUNIT.PAS The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS IO.PAS Medium-level disk input/output routines. ETHER10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS  Directory search with wild cards. RASTER.PAS - RASTER.PAS Raster-op definition Ethernet IO interface. ETHERINTERRUPT.PAS 1.1 ETHERI.PAS Interrupt service for 10 MBaud ethes. READDISK.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS Upper-level disk input/output routines. SCREEN.PAS rnet. FILEACCESS.PAS 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6  3.12 SCREEN.PAS Screen manager. >OS.IO.BINARY - OPERATING SY FILEDE.PAS Definitions used by the File System. FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS STEM IO BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  File system directory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILESY.PAS File system--high-level ---------------------------- ALLOCDISK.SEG 2.8 ALLOCD.SEG DISKIO.SEG 3.12 DISKIO.SEG disk input/output routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions f ETHER10IO.SEG 1.8 ETHER1.SEG ETHERINTERRUPT.SEG 1.1 ETHERI.SEG FILEACCESS.SEG 1.7 FILEAC.SEG  PROFILE.SEG 1.1 PROFIL.SEG USERPASS.SEG 1.3 USERPA.SEG MULTIREAD.SEG 1.0 MULTIR.SEG or the file type field. FILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS File utilities not needed by system. IOPOPCMDPARSE.SEG 1.8 POPCMD.SEG POPUP.SEG 2.4 POPUP.SEG POPUPCURS.SEG 2.1 POPUPC.SEG QU.PAS 4.8 IO.PAS Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS % ---------------------- CHARS.PAS 1.1 CHARS.PAS Screen magnifier. CROSSHATCH.PAS  - PDM2.PAS PDM 2nd module. PDCOMMON.PAS - PDCOMM.PAS 0.2 CROSSH.PAS Put crosshatch or checkerboard on display screen. DISPATCH.MICRPDM/PDS common definitions. PDMUTILS.PAS - PDMUTI.PAS PDM utility routines. PDMLOAD.PAS O 1.1 DISPAT.MIC Dispatch diagnostic. DTST.MICRO 1.2 DTST.MIC  - PDMLOD.PAS PDM Pascal program loader. PDM.MAS - PDM.MAS  Disk test microcode. DUAL.MICRO 1.0 DUAL.MIC Microstore dual address test. HIGH.MICRO PDM master file for current diagnostics. PDS.PAS - PDS.PAS Perq diagnostic aud rate. >DOCUMENTATION-2 - DOCUMENTATION file name version 1.0 HIGH.MIC Test for stuck bits in the high bank of the microstore. file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- UTILITIES.D JUMP.MICRO 1.0 JUMP.MIC Test microcode jumps. KEYTEST.PAS 1.5 KEYTST.PAS OC D.6 UTILIT.DOC Utility program manual. INTRO.DOC D.6 INTRO.DOC  Keyboard test program. LOOP.MICRO 0.0 LOOP.MIC Simple tests that repe Operating system user's short guide. PERQ.FILES - PERQ.FIL This list. PERQ.Fat--allowing probing of boards. LOW.MICRO 1.0 LOW.MIC Test for stucILES.LABELS - PERQFI.LAB Masters for labels on Perq.Files floppies. >Dk bits in the low bank of the microstore. MEM.MICRO 2.0 MEM.MIC DuaOCUMENTATION-3 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy --------- short descriptil addressing test of the memory. NEXTOP.MICRO 1.1 NEXTOP.MIC NextOp diagnostic. on. ---------------------------- POS.DOC D.6 POS.DOC Operating s Register diagnostic. NXTI.MICRO 1.1 NXTI.MIC NextInst diagnostic. PART.MICRO ystem interface guide. >TEST.SOURCE - TEST PROGRAM SOURCES 1.1 PART.MIC Memory Parity diagnostic. PBT.MICRO 1.1 PBT.MIC  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------ Pre-boot diagnostic. PDM.PAS 0.4 PDM.PAS Perq diagnostic monitor. PDM2.PAS % or used by Utilprogress. >OS.NOSOURCE.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM NONSOURCE FILES file name net IO interface. EXCEPT.PAS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1FILEDEFS.SEG 1.6 FILEDE.SEG FILEDIR.SEG 2.6 FILEDI.SEG FILESYSTEM.SEG 7.3 FILESY.SEG FI version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- LEUTILS.SEG 1.10 FILEUT.SEG IO.SEG 4.8 IO.SEG IOERRMESSAGES.SEG 1.1 IOERRM.SEG IO_INIT. ACB.DFS 1.1 ACB.DFS Activation control block definitions--common SEG 5.9 IOINIT.SEG IO_OTHERS.SEG 5.7 IOOTHE.SEG IO_PRIVATE.SEG 5.9 IOPRIV.SEG IO_UNIT.SE to microcode and Pascal. ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PAS Allocation of sectorG 6.2 IOUNIT.SEG PMATCH.SEG 2.5 PMATCH.SEG READDISK.SEG 1.4 READDI.SEG SCREEN.SEG s from the disk free list. ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS Double precision 3.12 SCREEN.SEG >OS.MISCELLANEOUS - OPERATING SYSTEM SPECIAL FILES file name  arithmetic for the disk system. CLOCK.PAS 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set,  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- convert time and date as TimeStamp or String. CMDPARSE.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS  DEFAULT.PROFILE - DEFAUL.PRO Default login profile. DELETE.CURSOR  Command parser. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS Run file and seg file definitions. CONTROLSTO - DELETE.CUR Cursor used when delete is busy. DIRTREE.CURSOR - DIRTRE.CUR RE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.PAS Load controlstore and jump to controlstore. DISKIO.PAS 3.12  Cursor used by Dirtree program. FIX13.KST - FIX13.KST System character sDISKIO.PAS Medium-level disk input/output routines. DYNAMIC.PAS 1.4 DYNAMI.PAS et file. SCAVENGER.ANIMATE - SCAVEN.ANI File of cursors for scavenger. SYSTEM.USERS -  Dynamic allocation routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EEB.DFS Exception  SYSTEM.USE Valid system users and passwords. SYSTEM.6.CONFIG - SYSTEM.CON Enable Block definitions--common to Pascal and microcode. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDITK.PAR  Description of swappability for use by MakeBoot. UTILPROGRESS.CURSOR - UTILPR.CUR Curs Souce to generate .HELP files for EDITOR. ETHER10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS Ether& stic. >TEST.BINARY - TEST PROGRAM SEG, R - PAS1.PAS PAS2.PAS - PAS2.PAS QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS Q-CUN, AND BIN FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ode const definitions. COMPINIT.PAS - COMPIN.PAS Initialization. CODEGEN.PAS -  ---------------------------- :LINK 1.1 CHARS CHARS.SEG - CHARS.BIN :LINK  CODEGE.PAS Code generator. DECPART.PAS - DECPAR.PAS Declarati 0.2 CROSSHATCH CROSSHATCH.SEG - CROSSH.SEG DISPATCH.BIN 1.1 DISPAT.BIN DTST.BIN on processor. DEC0.PAS - DEC0.PAS DEC1.PAS - DEC1.PAS DEC2.PAS - DEC 1.2 DTST.BIN DUAL.BIN 1.0 DUAL.BIN HIGH.BIN 1.0 HIGH.BIN JUMP.BIN 2.PAS BODYPART.PAS - BODYPA.PAS Procedure/function/program body processor. BODY0.PAS  1.0 JUMP.BIN :LINK 1.5 KEYTEST KEYTEST.SEG - KEYTST.SEG LOOP.BIN 0.0 - BODY0.PAS BODY1.PAS - BODY1.PAS BODY2.PAS - BODY2.PAS BODY3.PAS  LOOP.BIN LOW.BIN 1.0 LOW.BIN MEM.BIN 2.0 MEM.BIN NEXTOP.BIN 1.1 NEXT - BODY3.PAS >PASCAL.BINARY - PASCAL COMPILER SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy --slave. PDM.HELP - PDM.HELP PDM help file. PDM.MICRO - PDM.MIC OP.BIN NXTI.BIN 1.1 NXTI.BIN PART.BIN 1.1 PART.BIN PBT.BIN 1.1 PBT.BIN R Pseudo PDS microcode example. PDMVFY.MICRO 1.1 PDMVFY.MIC PDM version of VFAT.BIN 1.3 RAT.BIN REGT.BIN 1.1 REGT.BIN SHIFT.BIN 1.1 SHIFT.BIN STACK.BINY. RAT.MICRO 1.3 RAT.MIC Source data suspicious raster-op test. REGT.MICRO 1.1 1.0 STACK.BIN TST.BIN 1.1 TST.BIN :LINK 2.1 TESTFLOPPY TESTFLOPPY.SEG REGT.MICRO SHIFT.MICRO 1.0 SHIFT.MIC Test of the shift hardware. STACK.MICRO  - TSTFPY.SEG >PASCAL.SOURCE - PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name version file name on flop 1.0 STACK.MIC 20-bit, 16-level stack test. TESTFLOPPY.PAS 2.1 TSTFPY.PAS py --------- short description. ---------------------------- PASCAL.PAS 6.0  Test and format floppies.(formerly FLOPPY) TST.MICRO 1.1 TST.MIC Pre-Boot diagnoPASCAL.PAS Pascal compiler global definitions. PAS0.PAS - PAS0.PAS PAS1.PAS & ut error number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS Names for the Input/output errors. I Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1 PROFILE.PAS Module for accessiO_INIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS Input/output manager initialization. IO_OTHERS.PAS 5.7 ng the profile. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS High-quality random number generator.  IOOTHE.PAS Other Input/output manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 5.9 IOPRIV.PA Progress module for utilities. RASTER.PAS - RASTER.PAS Raster-op definitionsS Interrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IOUNIT.PAS . RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS Routine dictionary definitions--common to mi.4 EXCEPT.DFS Definitions of the exceptions--common to microcode and Pascal.  The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2 LIGHTS.PAS Definitions of  FILEACCESS.PAS 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6 the lights. LOADER.PAS 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 M FILEDE.PAS Definitions used by the File System. FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS EMORY.PAS Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a MOVEME.PAS Memory manager  File system directory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILESY.PAS File system--high-levutility to move segments. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast multisector read of ael disk input/output routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions file. PASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS Handles double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS  for the file type field. FILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS File utilities not needed by system. 0.1 PASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ_STRING.PAS 2.4 PERQST.PAS String mGETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 GETTIM.PAS Get time and date as TimeStamp. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPanipulation package. PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS Directory search with IB.PAS Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 bus. IO.PAS 4.8 wild cards. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.PAS 2. IO.PAS Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS Input/outp4 POPUP.PAS Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 POPUPC.PAS ' ASCAL.SYNTAX - PASCAL.SYN PASCAL.RESWORDS - PASCAL.RES LEX.SEG 0.0 LEX.SEG FQCODE.SOURCE - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short deS.SEG 1.0 FQCODE.SEG FRESWORDS.SEG 1.0 FRESWO.SEG FSYNTAX.SEG 1.0 FSYNTA.SEG :LINK scription. ---------------------------- KAL.PAS - KAL.PAS Kal 2.0 QDIS QDIS.SEG - QDIS.SEG QCODES - QCODES >PASCAL.MORE.SOUeidoscope display. KINETIC.PAS - KINETI.PAS Demonstrate random raster-ops. LIFE.PAS RCE - MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descrip - LIFE.PAS The game of life. LINE.PAS - LINE.PAS tion. ---------------------------- EXPEXPR.PAS - EXPEXP.PAS ExpreLine drawing display. PETAL.PAS - PETAL.PAS Cycloid drawing display. MULDIV.PAS ssion expansion. EXPR0.PAS - EXPR0.PAS EXPR1.PAS - EXPR1.PAS EXPR2.PAS -  - MULDIV.PAS Double precision multiply and divide for Petal. SLEEP.PAS - SLE EXPR2.PAS EXPR3.PAS - EXPR3.PAS FSYNTAX.PAS 1.0 FSYNTA.PAS Program to EP.PAS Sleep for a specified period of time. SCREENDUMP.PAS 0.0 SCRDMP.PAS generate PASCAL.SYNTAX from SYNTAX.DAT. SYNTAX.DAT - SYNTAX.DAT Er Print an image of the screen to an HP 7310A printer. SEISMO.PAS - SEISMO.PAS ror message data file. QDIS.PAS 2.0 QDIS.PAS Q-Code disassembler. Also needs QCODES.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. SKETCH.PAS - SKETCH.PAS Sketch on the sc. FQCODES.PAS 1.0 FQCODE.PAS Program to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. QCODES.DAT reen using the tablet. >DEMO.BINARY - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SEG FILES file name version file name on fl------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 6.0 PASCAL - QCODES.DAT Q-Code name data file. FRESWORDS.PAS 1.0 FRESWO.PAS  PASCAL.SEG - PASCAL.SEG COMPINIT.SEG - COMPIN.SEG CODEGEN.SEG - CODEGE.SEG  Program to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. RESWORDS.DAT - RESWOR.DAT Q-Code name dat DECPART.SEG - DECPAR.SEG BODYPART.SEG - BODYPA.SEG EXPEXPR.SEG - EXPEXP.SEG Pa file. LEX.PAS 0.0 LEX.PAS Lexical scanner for compiler. >DEMO' .PAS The preliminary debugger. SHELL.PARAS - SHELL.PAR Information am. CANON.MICRO 1.0 CANON.MIC Microcode support required for, and loaded by CANON.PAS. CAnecessary to generate SHELL/HELP. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS Stream package base routines -NONBLOCK.PAS 1.0 CANONB.PAS PASCAL module to support memory bit image dump to CANON  Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operating system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS  LBP-10. CANONUTILS.PAS 1.0 CANONU.PAS General utility routines for CANON. INFILE 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS Common system definitions. USERPASS.PAS 1.3 USERPA.PAS .PAS 1.0 INFILE.PAS High speed disk buffer reading support for CANON modules. CBT.PAS  Lookup user name/password pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS User for showing progre 1.0 CBT.PAS Test program for CANONBLOCK. >CANON.BINARY - CANON PRINTER BINARY FILss of utility programs. VIRTUAL.PAS 2.8 VIRTUA.PAS The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 ES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ----------- VRD.DFS Variable Routine Descriptor Definitions common to Pascal and microcod----------------- CAN40.KST - CAN40.KST CAN40P.KST - CAN40P.KST Ccrocode and Pascal. READDISK.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS Upper-level disk input/output routines. REAe. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WRITER.PAS Stream package output conversion routines. DER.PAS 2.1 READER.PAS Stream package input conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0  >CANON.SOURCE - CANON PRINTER SOURCE FILES file name version file name on flo REALFU.PAS Standard floating-point functions. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS2ppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- CANON.PAS 1.0 32B.PAS Set RS232 baud rate with optional enable input. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS  CANON.PAS Main PASCAL interface to CANON LBP-10 laser printer. CAN.PAS 1.0 CAN.PAS  Procedures to read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS Procedures to write  CANON laser printer, fixed width font document print program. CANP.PAS 1run files. SCREEN.PAS 3.12 SCREEN.PAS Screen manager. SCROUNGE.PAS 0.14 SCROUN.0 CANP.PAS CANON laser printer, proportional spaced font document print progr( oppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK - WIN.PAS Create entry in Screen package's window table. SLIDER.PAS - SLIDER.PAS  KAL KAL.SEG - KAL.SEG :LINK - KINETIC KINETIC.SEG - KINETI.SEG : Slide a window from one position to another on the screen. JUST.PAS - JUSLINK - LIFE LIFE.SEG - LIFE.SEG :LINK - LINE LINE.SEG T.PAS Justify text with various fonts in a window. WIPEWIN.PAS - WIPWIN.PAS  - LINE.SEG :LINK - PETAL PETAL.SEG - PETAL.SEG MULDIV.SEG -  Wipe a picture into a window. SNOOZE.PAS - SNOOZE.PAS Pause for a specified per MULDIV.SEG SLEEP.SEG - SLEEP.SEG :LINK 0.0 SCREENDUMP SCREENDUMP.SEG - iod of time. Modules for SigGraph demo: MulDiv, Sleep, WindowLib, SigUtils, FontStSCRDMP.SEG :LINK - SEISMO SEISMO.SEG - SEISMO.SEG :LINK - SKETCHuff. WINDOWLIB.PAS - WINLIB.PAS Window routine library. SIGUTILS.PAS - SI SKETCH.SEG - SKETCH.SEG >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION SOURCES file name GUTI.PAS SigGraph 80 demo utilities. FONTSTUFF.PAS - FONTST.PAS Load  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- and unload fonts for Just. >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION BINARY FILES file name vers INITDEMO.PAS - INITD.PAS Initialize the demo. PETALDEMO.PAS ion file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK  - PETALD.PAS Cycloid drawing display. LINEDEMO.PAS - LINED.PAS  - INITDEMO INITDEMO.SEG - INITD.SEG :LINK - PETALDEMO PETALDEMO.SEG Line drawing display. LIFEDEMO.PAS - LIFED.PAS The game of life. SEISDEMO.PAS  - PETALD.SEG :LINK - LINEDEMO LINEDEMO.SEG - LINED.SEG :LINK - SEISD.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. GETSAVE.PAS - GETSAV.PAS  - LIFEDEMO LIFEDEMO.SEG - LIFED.SEG :LINK - SEISDEMO SEISDEMO.SEG -  Get display from file to screen or save from screen to file. CREATEWIN.PAS - CRE SEISD.SEG :LINK - GETSAVE GETSAVE.SEG - GETSAV.SEG :LINK - CR( TING SYSTEM RELEASE COMMAND FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. string. GOODBY.MICRO 1.0 GOODBY.MIC Power down microcode. HELPGEN.PAS 0.0 HEL ---------------------------- INITDISK.CMD - INITDI.CMD PartitionsPGE.PAS Get description from Fred. submitted 1/27 updated 1/30. MAKEBOOT.PAS 4.4 MAKEBO.PAS  and initializes disk. LOADDISK.CMD - LOADDI.CMD Loads system floppies. NOSRC.LOADDISK.C Make SYSTEM.nn.BOOT files. PATCH.PAS 1.7 PATCH.PAS Program to peek MD - NOSLOD.CMD Loads system floppies for nonsource systems. >UTILITY.and poke into files. PERQ.FILES.PAS 1.3 PERQFI.PAS Program to gobble this file. SETTIME.PAS OTHERS.SOURCE - UTILITIES SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descript 2.0 SETTIM.PAS Sets the system date and time. USERCONTROL.PAS 1.3 USERCO.PAS ion. ---------------------------- BYE.PAS 2.2 BYE.PAS Logoff.  Add/delete users from the password file. >UTILITY.OTHERS.BINARY - UTILITY OTHER BDETAILS.PAS 1.11 DETAIL.PAS Print system status information. EDITOR.PAS 2.0 EINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. DIT.PAS Editor main program. EDITORI.PAS 2.0 EDITI.PAS Editor initial---------------------------- :LINK 2.2 BYE BYE.SEG - BYE.SEG GOODBY.BIN -ization module. EDITORU.PAS 2.0 EDITU.PAS Editor utilities module. EDITORK.PAS 2. GOODBY.BIN :LINK 1.11 DETAILS DETAILS.SEG - DETAIL.SEG :LINK 2.0 0 EDITK.PAS Editor key-selection module. EDITORT.PAS 2.0 EDITT.PAS  EDITOR EDITOR.SEG - EDIT.SEG EDITORI.SEG - EDITI.SEG EDITORK.SEG - EDITK.ANON.SEG 1.0 CANON.SEG CAN.SEG 1.0 CAN.SEG CANP.SEG 1.0 CANP.SEG CANON. Editor termination module. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDITK.PAR Souce to generate .HELP files for EBIN 1.0 CANON.BIN CANONBLOCK.SEG 1.0 CANONB.SEG CANONUTILS.SEG 1.0 CANONU.SEG INFILEDITOR. EXPANDTABS.PAS 1.0 EXPAND.PAS Copy a text file and expand tabs to 8 .SEG 1.0 INFILE.SEG CBT.SEG 1.0 CBT.SEG >OS.CMD - OPERA character columns. FINDSTRING.PAS 2.1 FINDST.PAS Searches files in directory for specified ) -------------------- CURSDESIGN.PAS 1.0 CURSDE.PAS Program used to design new cursors. FONT Copyright (C) 1981, 1982 Three Rivers Computer Corporation 720 Gross Street Pittsburgh, PA 15224 ED.PAS - FONTED.PAS Program used to create new fonts. FONT2ED.PAS - FONT (412) 621-6250 PERQ Utility Programs Manual 05 Feb 82 T2E.PAS Part of Fonted. FONTED.CURSOR - FONTED.CUR File of pictures nehis document is not to be reproduced in any form or transmitted in whole or in part, without the prior written EATEWIN CREATEWIN.SEG - CREWIN.SEG :LINK - SLIDER SLIDER.SEG - SLIDER.SEeded by the font editor. DR.MEMORY.PAS - DRMEMO.PAS Peek and poke into the memory manager G :LINK - JUST JUST.SEG - JUST.SEG :LINK - WIPEWIN WIPEWIN.S tables. TD.PAS - TD.PAS Demo of Grapics TD1.PAS -EG - WIPWIN.SEG :LINK - SNOOZE SNOOZE.SEG - SNOOZE.SEG WINDOWLIB.SEG  TD1.PAS Part of TD TD2.PAS - TD2.PAS Another part of TD - WINLIB.SEG SIGUTILS.SEG - SIGUTI.SEG FONTSTUFF.SEG - FONTST.SEG FEATURES.SLIDE  MAZE.PAS - MAZE.PAS Draws a maze and runs a mouse through it GENMAZE.PAS -  - FEATUR.SLI SOFTWARE.SLIDE - SOFTWA.SLI NETWORK.SLIDE - NETWOR.SLI UCODE.SLIDE  GENMAZ.PAS Creates a well-formed random maze. MAZEPLAYER.PAS - MAZEPL.PAS  - UCODE.SLI IO.SLIDE - IO.SLI 3RCC.SLIDE - 3RCC.SLI JUST.DEMO -  Used by Maze to allow user to try to get through the maze  JUST.DEM GRAPH.PIC - GRAPH.PIC 3RCC.PIC - 3RCC.PIC BLANK.PIC - BLANK.PIC WASHDC.PIC - WASHDC.PIC NGR13.KST - NGR13.KST MET22.KST - MET22.KST  PERQ Utility Programs Manual Diana Connan For DEMO - DEMO DEMO1.CMD - DEMO1.CMD >PERQFILE.USERLIBRARY - USER LIBRARY SOURCES gy Donald A. Scelza Brad A. Myers Bob file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------- Amber This manual provides an introduction to the use of the PERQ Utility Programs. ) SEG EDITORU.SEG - EDITU.SEG EDITORT.SEG - EDITT.SEG :LINK 1.0 EXPANDTABS s for file transfer module. FTPUSER.PAS 4.6 FTPUSE.PAS Implements all the commands. FTP.PA EXPANDTABS.SEG - EXPAND.SEG :LINK 2.1 FINDSTRING FINDSTRING.SEG - FINDST.SEG :S 4.6 FTP.PAS File transfer program. PRINT.PAS 2.13 PRINT.PAS LINK 0.0 HELPGEN HELPGEN.SEG - HELPGE.SEG :LINK 4.4 MAKEBOOT MAKEBOO Print a text file on an HP 7310A printer or through the TNW GPIB to RS232 converter. FLOPPYTRT.SEG - MAKEBO.SEG :LINK 1.4 PATCH PATCH.SEG - PATCH.SEG :LINK ANSFERS.PAS 0.1 FLPTRA.PAS Utility routines for floppy (formerly RT11 and RT11 1.3 PERQ.FILES PERQ.FILES.SEG - PERQFI.SEG :LINK 2.0 SETTIME SETTIME.SEG Utils). GETNETADDR.PAS 1.0 GETNET.PAS Network name to address module. SAIL_STRING.PAS 2.- SETTIM.SEG :LINK 1.3 USERCONTROL USERCONTROL.SEG - USERCO.SEG 4 SAILST.PAS String Manipulation Package. SETBAUD.PAS 0.0 SETBAU.PAS >UTILITY.DEVICE.SOURCE - UTILITIES DEVICES file name version file name on floppy ---------- short descr Program to set RS232 Baud rate. >UTILITY.DEVICE.BINARY - UTILITY DEVICE BINARY FILES file name version fiiption. --------------------------- CHATTER.PAS 0.6 CHATTE.PAS RS232 le name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- dumb terminal program. FLOPPYCOPY.PAS 2.2 FLPCOP.PAS Floppydup part of floppy (formerly COPYFL :LINK 0.6 CHATTER CHATTER.SEG - CHATTE.SEG :LINK 3.OPPY). FLOPPY.PAS 3.2 FLOPPY.PAS Main program for general floppy utility FLOPPYDEFS.PAS 2 FLOPPY FLOPPY.SEG - FLOPPY.SEG FLOPPYDEFS.SEG - FLPDFS.SEG FLOPPYCOPY.SEG 2.1  0.0 FLPDEF.PAS Global defs for floppy FLOPPYUTILS.PAS 0.1 FLPUTI.PAS  FLPCOP.SEG FLOPPYUTILS.SEG 0.1 FLPUTI.SEG FLOPPYFORMAT.SEG 0.1 FLPFOR.SEG FLOPPYTRANSFERS.SEG 0.1 F Utility routines for floppy FLOPPYFORMAT.PAS 0.1 FLPFOR.PAS Diskette format routines for fLPTRA.SEG :LINK 4.6 FTP.SEG FTP.SEG - FTP.SEG FTPUTILS.SEG 4.3 FTPUTI.SEloppy (formerly module FORMAT). FTPUTILS.PAS 4.3 FTPUTILS.PAS UtilitieG FTPUSER.SEG 4.6 FTPUSE.SEG GETNETADDR.SEG 1.0 GETNET.SEG SAIL_STRING.SEG 2.4 SAILST.SEG * . 05 Feb 82 1. Preface: Notation Conventions. This manual describes the PERQ Utility Programs and commands isplays all of the valid commands. Use the pointing tablet to specify the selection. The FLOPPY and FTP utilities alto the Shell. The command descriptions are in alphabetical order regard- less of whether the command is implemented as so permit you to enter their respective commands through pop-up menus; a press of the pointing tablet in response to ea Pascal file or through the Shell directly (The Introductory User Manual describes the Shell.) The descriptions of ither of the prompts for these utilities displays a menu for the utility commands. If you type a command line, the the commands given in this manual observe the following notational conventions: o Lowercase text indicates a variline consists of a command name, input and output arguments as needed, optional switches, and a line terminator. The commable whose actual value is determined when the command is entered o Square brackets ([]) indicate optional eand name describes the action the system performs or the name of the utility that performs the action. When submitting ntries in a command line. Note that when an option is used, the brackets are not part of the syntax. a command that is implemented in the Shell, you need not type the entire command name; you can abbreviate the command  authorization of Three Rivers Computer Corporation. The information in this document is subject to change  o The circumflex (^) indicates the control key o CR indicates carriage return o SHIFT indicates the shi without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Three Rivers Computer Corporation. The Company assuft key - 1 - PERQ Utility Programs Mames no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. Three Rivers Computer Corporationnual - Introduction 05 Feb 82 2. Introduction This manual describes the PERQ Utility Programs and  will make every effort to keep customers apprised of all documentation changes as quickly as possible. The Rexplains their use. As required, the manual references online or other Three Rivers Computer Corporation publications. eader's Comments card is distrib- uted with this document to request users' critical evalu- ation to assist us in Most of the commands described in this manual are implemented as Pascal files, but some are implemented directly by the  preparing future documentation. PERQ is a trademark of Three Rivers Computer Corporation. Shell. To issue a command, type a command line in response to the default PERQ prompt. You can also use a pop-up menu, - ii - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Notation Conventions as described in the PERQ Introductory User Manual, to issue Shell commands. If you elect to use a pop-up menu, the menu d*  Change the name of a file. SCAVENGER.PAS 3.2 SCAVEN.PAS Analyze and reconstrucame version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------t disks and directories. DIRSCAVENGE.PAS - DIRSCA.PAS Reconstruct directories. SETSEARCH.PAS------- PERQ.MICRO 2.4 PERQ.MIC Perq Q-code interpreter microcode.  1.3 SETSEA.PAS Change search lists TYPEFILE.PAS 4.2 TYPEFI.PAS  PERQ.DFS 1.4 PERQ.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and ent :LINK 2.13 PRINT PRINT.SEG - PRINT.SEG :LINK 0.0 SETBAUD SETBAUD.S Type file to the console. >UTILITY.FILE.BINARY - UTILITY FILE SEG FILES file name EG - SETBAU.SEG >UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE - FILE SY version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINSTEM UTILITIES SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. K 2.1 APPEND APPEND.SEG - APPEND.SEG :LINK 5.3 COPY COPY.SEG  ---------------------------- APPEND.PAS 3.1 APPEND.PAS Append a file to th - COPY.SEG :LINK 2.4 DELETE DELETE.SEG - DELETE.SEG :LINK 4.4e end of another. COPY.PAS 5.3 COPY.PAS Copy a file to another. DELETE.PAS 2. DIRECT DIRECT.SEG - DIRECT.SEG :LINK 2.1 DIRTREE DIRTREE.SEG - DIR4 DELETE.PAS Delete a file or files. DIRECT.PAS 4.4 DIRECT.PAS TRE.SEG :LINK 0.4 FIXPART FIXPART.SEG - FIXPAR.SEG :LINK 1.3 MAKEDIR Print a directory listing. DIRTREE.PAS 3.2 DIRTRE.PAS Display the directory structure of a  MAKEDIR.SEG - MAKEDI.SEG :LINK 3.1 PARTITION PARTITION.SEG - PARTIT.SEG :Lpartition as a tree. FIXPART.PAS 0.5 FIXPAR.PAS Fix smashed partitionINK 5.3 RENAME RENAME.SEG - RENAME.SEG :LINK 3.2 SCAVENGER SCAVENGE or disk information blocks. MAKEDIR.PAS 2.2 MAKEDI.PAS Make directories. PARTITION.PAS R.SEG - SCAVEN.SEG :LINK 1.2 SETSEARCH SETSEARCH.SEG - SETSEA.SEG :LINK  3.2 PARTIT.PAS Initialize partitions on disks. RENAME.PAS 5.3 RENAME.PAS  4.2 TYPEFILE TYPEFILE.SEG - TYPEFI.SEG >MICROCODE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file n+ nd output arguments are usually file specifiers. Some commands require arguments as part of the command line. Othcan separate the input and output arguments with multiple spaces; only the initial space delimiter is relevant. However commands use the default file as the argument if you do not supply one. If you neglect to supply a required argument, er, if a command accepts multiple input or output arguments, you must separate like arguments with commas (,) and distin the utility prompts with a few words indicating the general nature of the missing argument. For example, the Renameguish input from output with the tilda character (~). For example: input1,input2,...inputn ~ output1.output2,...output command performs as follows: >RENAME File to rename: OLDFILE Rename OLDFILE to: NEWFILE The single lin If a command accepts multiple input arguments and no output arguments, you must separate the arguments with a comne format for the above command is: RENAME OLDFILE ~ NEWFILE - 2 - PERQ Utima (,). Switches modify the action of the command and therefore must follow the command specification. An exception is thlity Programs Manual - Introduction 05 Feb 82 or RENAME OLDFILE NEWFILE You can mixe Help switch (either type /HELP or press the HELP key); when specified before the command, the Help switch suppli formats; the utility prompts for whatever you omit. For example: RENAME OLDFILE Rename OLDFILE to: NEWFILE es general information and when specified after a command, the Help switch provides specific information. Switches There are no defaults for prompts. You must supply a response. However, your response to the prompt can request help (t always start with a slash (/) and are generally optional. If a switch accepts a parameter, specify the parameter ype /HELP or press the HELP key). If you request HELP, the utility displays specific information and then exits to the Safter the switch, but preceded by an equal sign (=). For - 3 - PERQ Utility Programsname to the number of letters unique to other command names. For example, the Mount command can be abbreviated M because hell. If you neglect to supply an argument to a utility that uses the default file (for example, the Editor or Lit is the only command within the Shell beginning with that character. You can abbreviate the Path command to Pat, but noinker), the utility appends the default file name to your command. For example, if the default file is sys:user>myfile, typit Pa because the Shell includes the Pause command. The question mark command (see section 3) lists all commands. You can ng the command: EDIT is the same as typing: Edit sys:user>myfile If a command requires an input anmodify the list by changing your profile file. Input and output arguments further define the command action. The input ad an output argument, you can specify the arguments as either INPUT~OUTPUT or INPUT OUTPUT You + ERQ.QCODE.6 - QCODE.6 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part. >MICROCODE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version f 6). PERQ.QCODE.7 - QCODE.7 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro ile name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- PERQ.BIN  (part 7). PERQ.FLOAT.MUL _ FLOAT.MUL Special multiply for floating point. PERQ.ROUTINE. 2.4 PERQ.BIN IO.BIN 1.10 IO.BIN VFY.BIN 1.8 VFY.BIN SYSB.BIN 2.5 1 - ROUTIN.1 Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.ROUTINE.2 - ROUTIN.2  SYSB.BIN BOOT.BIN 4.0 BOOT.BIN KRNL.BIN 1.2 KRNL.BIN LINK.BIN 1.2 LIN Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.INIT - PERQ.INI InitializatK.BIN >MICROCODE.MORE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- ion for Perq.Micro. RO.MICRO 0.6 RO.MIC Raster-op microcode. LINE.MICRO 1.1  short description. ---------------------------- ETHER10.MICRO 4.0 rypoints used by Perq.Micro and other microprograms. PERQ.QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS  LINE.MIC Line drawing microcode. IO.MICRO 1.10 IO.MIC Input/ou Definitions of QCode instruction names and numbers. PERQ.QCODE.1 - QCODE.1 tput microcode. IO.DFS 1.5 IO.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and  Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.QCODE.2 - QCOD entrypoints used by IO.Micro and other microprograms. IOE3.MICRO 1.2 IOE3.MIC E.2 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.QCODE.3 -  Microcode to drive the 3MBaud EtherNet. VFY.MICRO 1.8 VFY.MIC Verify QCODE.3 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 3). PERQ.QCODE.4  that the hardware seems to work. SYSB.MICRO 2.5 SYSB.MIC System boot microcode. BOOT.MIC - QCODE.4 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 4). PERQ.QCODRO 4.0 BOOT.MIC Boot-prom microcode. KRNL.MICRO 1.2 KRNL.MIC E.5 - QCODE.5 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 5). P Perq microcode kernel. LINK.MICRO 1.2 LINK.MIC 16-bit parallel interface microcode, ardless of where the switch appears on the command line, it has the same effect. A switch applies to every argument the commands contained within it. For example, to initiate a file of FLOPPY commands, type the following in response to . If a command accepts multiple input or output arguments, no switch applies to one and not another argument. Some switchesthe FLOPPY prompt: FLOPPY>@FLOPPY.CMD The FLOPPY utility accesses the file and then executes the commands contained are mutually exclusive (for example, /ASK and /NOASK). If you specify a switch that conflicts with a previously specified s within the file FLOPPY.CMD. The default file type for user command files is .CMD. Thus the above command line could alswitch, the last occurence has precedence. Likewise, if you change parameters by specifying a switch multiple times, onlyo be typed as follows: FLOPPY>@FLOPPY You can nest user command files by simply specifying @file within the use the last occurence has an effect. All of the commands and utilities described in this manual accept the /HELP switch r command file. Also, the last line of a user command file can invoke another command file and recursive use is permitted.  (either type /HELP or press the HELP key) to provide general information. Note that /HELP overrides all other switche To comment a user command file, start the comment line with an exclamation mark (!). The exclamation mark can appear ans; the utility displays specific help and then exits. Carriage return is the line terminator for all commands. Rather thaywhere on a line in a user command file, but remember that the system ignores all characters after the exclamation mark. n typing a command line to initiate and direct a utility, you can use a user command file. A user command file is a text file  - 4 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Introduction 05 Feb 82 3. Q containing a series of commands interpretable by the various utilities. A user command file is a sequential fileuestion Mark: ? The question mark command lists all the commands implemented in the Shell. Additionally, the command p containing a list of utility specific commands. Rather than typing commonly used command sequences, you can type the seqrovides some information on what each command does and how it is called. uence once and store it in a file. The user command file is specified in place of the command line(s) normally submitted  - 5 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Appento the utility. To inititate user command files, replace the command line for a utility with a file specifier, pred 05 Feb 82 4. Append Append copies one or more files to the end of an existing file. T Manual - Introduction 05 Feb 82 example: /switch=parameter The effect of a switch is global; regceded by an at sign (@). The utility requesting input then accesses the specified file and starts to read and respond to , --------------------- MICROOPTION.PAS 1.0 MICROO.PAS Option processor for PrqMic and PrqPlaceSEG ODTUTILS.SEG - ODTUTI.SEG ODTDUMP.SEG - ODTDUM.SEG ODT13.KST - ODT13.KST. ODTPRQ.PAS 8.0 ODTPRQ.PAS Simple Perq to Perq microcode debugger. ODTUTILS.PAS  >DOCUMENTATION-1 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy --------- short d- ODTUTI.PAS Utility routines for ODTPRQ ODTDUMP.PAS - ODTDUM.PAS escription. ---------------------------- EDITOR.DOC - EDITOR.DOC  The ODTPRQ dump subsystem. PRQDIS.PAS 1.2 PRQDIS.PAS Perq microcode disassembler. P Editor quick guide. EDITORK.DOC 2.0 EDITK.DOC Editor User's Guide. EXAMPLES.DOC DRQPL_SORT.PAS 2.0 PRQPLS.PAS Sorting routines for PrqPlace. PRQPLACE.PAS 2.5 PRQP.6 EXAMPL.DOC Examples of Interesting system commands. FAULT.DOC D.6 FAULT.DOC LA.PAS Perq microcode placer. PRQMIC.PAS 2.8 PRQMIC.PAS Perq microco Fault dictionary for the diagnostic display. FEATURES.DOC - FEATUR.DOC Qude assembler. PMEGEN.PAS - PMEGEN.PAS Program to create PRQMIC.ERROR from PRQMIC.ERR.TEXirks, bugs, and oddities in the operating system. FILE.FORMAT - FILE.FOR T. PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT - PRQERR.TXT Source for PRQMIC.ERROR (error message text). >MICROCODE Describe source file format for Perq software. FILES.DOC - FILES.DOC File system .SUPPORT.BINARY - MICROCODE SUPPORT SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- shuser's manual. MICRO.DOC D.6 MICRO.DOC Microprogrammer's guide. MAKESYSTEM.DOC -  ETHER1.MIC 10 MBaud ethernet microcode. >MICROCODE.MORE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name ort description. ---------------------------- MICROOPTION.SEG 1.0 MICROO.SEG PRQPL_SORT.SEG  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- 2.0 PRQPLS.SEG :LINK 2.8 PRQMIC PRQMIC.SEG - PRQMIC.SEG PRQMIC.ERROR -  ETHER10.BINARY 4.0 ETHER1.BIN >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE - MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCES  PRQMIC.ERR :LINK 2.5 PRQPLACE PRQPLACE.SEG - PRQPLA.SEG :LINK 1.2  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------- PRQDIS PRQDIS.SEG - PRQDIS.SEG :LINK 8.0 ODTPRQ ODTPRQ.SEG - ODTPRQ.- r power down or ^C. When shipping a PERQ, always type BYE WAIT to position the disk heads at the center of the disk. The coy be wrong: the baud rate may be inappropriate or your RS232 cable might not be connected properly. Chatter cannot bmmand BYE HELP describes the options available for Bye. You can specify all of the options (OFF, WAIT, and HELPe used as a half duplex terminal since it does not echo characters locally. he command accepts a list of input files, separated by commas, and puts each file on the end of the first. For example, the c) as switches. It is very important to log off using BYE before powering down the machine. If you do not, certain temporaommand line: APPEND file1,file2 puts file2 on to the end of file1. The append operation is successive. Fory disk files will not be deleted and they will stay around using disk space until you run the Scavenger (see below). r example, the command line: APPEND file1,file2,file3 first puts file2 on to the end of file1 and then puts file3 o - 7 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Chatter 0n to the end of file1. 5 Feb 82 6. Chatter Chatter allows a PERQ to act as a terminal, using an RS232 line for communication. It is inv - 6 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Bye 05 Feb 82 5. Bye Bye logs you off oked by typing: CHATTER While in Chatter, some special functions can be invoked by typing ^R, the functithe PERQ. Type: BYE and it types your name, the date, and time of logoff. Login then loads and you or some on's code letter, and CR. These include S to save everything that comes from the remote compuother authorized user can log back on. The command BYE OFF logs you off and turns off your machine. OFF may ter in a file. T to transmit a file across RS232, as if it were being typed at the keyboard.  be disabled on your PERQ; if so, call Three Rivers Computer Corporation for details on reenabling it. OFF requires some sp C to close a file after doing a Save. B to change the RS232 baud rate. The default when ecial microcode which should be available on your machine. If not, Bye will log off and request that you power down the mac Chatter comes up is 4800 baud. Q to quit Chatter and return to the Shell. This doehine by hand. In this case, ^C will cause Login to run. The command BYE WAIT logs you off the machine asn't log off or disconnect the remote host. This menu will appear at the very top of your screen to prompt you after you'vnd sends the hard disk heads to the center of the disk (the highest disk address). Bye then prints a message and waits foe typed ^R. While in Chatter, if you find that the characters you type are not being echoed properly, one of two things ma-  D.6 PASCAL.DOC Pascal extensions. PERQ_Z80.DOC - PERQZ8.DOC  Screen magnifier. CROSSHATCH.PAS 0.2 CROSSH.PAS Put crosshatch or checkerbo Description of PERQ/Z80 protocol. QCODE.DOC D.6 QCODE.DOC QCode reference manual SEGMard on display screen. DISPATCH.MICRO 1.1 DISPAT.MIC Dispatch diagnostic.ENT.DOC - SEGMEN.DOC Segment file format. SETBAUD.DOC - SETBAU.DOC  DTST.MICRO 1.2 DTST.MIC Disk test microcode. DUAL.MICRO 1.0 DUAL.MIC  User Information for program to set RS232 Baud rate. >DOCUMENTATI Microstore dual address test. HIGH.MICRO 1.0 HIGH.MIC Test for stuck bitON-2 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. s in the high bank of the microstore. JUMP.MICRO 1.0 JUMP.MIC Test m ---------------------------- UTILITIES.DOC D.6 UTILIT.DOC Utility program microcode jumps. KEYTEST.PAS 1.5 KEYTST.PAS Keyboard test program. LOOP.MICRO 0.0anual. INTRO.DOC D.6 INTRO.DOC Operating system user's short guide. PERQ.FILES  LOOP.MIC Simple tests that repeat--allowing probing of boards. LOW.MICRO  - PERQ.FIL This list. PERQ.FILES.LABELS - PERQFI.LAB Masters for  1.0 LOW.MIC Test for stuck bits in the low bank of the microstore. MEM.labels on Perq.Files floppies. >DOCUMENTATION-3 - DOCUMENTATION file name versionMICRO 2.0 MEM.MIC Dual addressing test of the memory. NEXTOP.MICRO 1.1 NEXTO file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- POS.DOC P.MIC NextOp diagnostic. Register diagnostic. NXTI.MICRO 1.1 NXTI.MIC D.6 POS.DOC Operating system interface guide.  NextInst diagnostic. PART.MICRO 1.1 PART.MIC Memory Parity diagnos >TEST.SOURCE - TEST PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy ---------tic. PBT.MICRO 1.1 PBT.MIC Pre-boot diagnostic. PDM.PAS 0.4 PDM.PAS  MAKESY.DOC How to make a new version of the operating system. PASCAL.DOC  short description. ---------------------------- CHARS.PAS 1.1 CHARS.PAS . ble blocks) If you want to compile a program immediately after editing it, you need not specify its name since the Shell ried into a new file named "anotherdir>ZAPbaz.rmnDz". If wild cards are used, Copy asks for verification of each file emembers the last file edited, compiled, linked, or run. Certain switches may be included in the source program text copied. This can be disabled with the switch "/NOASK" or enabled with "/ASK". The latter is the default. Copy al. See the PERQ Pascal Extensions Manual for more detailed information on switches and other compiler features. so requests confirmation before overwriting an existing file. You can override this action with the /NOCONFIRM switch. (N - 9 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Copy ote that the /NOCONFIRM switch implies the /NOASK switch.) Wild cards are not allowed in the directory part of the source fi 05 Feb 82 8. Copy Copy creates a new file identical to the specified source. Its command syntax is: le. However, Copy uses the search list to try to find the source. Note that this is different from Rename and Delete which a - 8 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - PERQ Pascal Compiler 05 Feb 82 7. PERQ Pascal  COPY SourceFile[~]DestinationFile Copying works across devices and partitions (see the PERQ Introduc- tory UCompiler The PERQ Pascal compiler translates your Pascal source program into a .Seg file that can be linked and run. ser Manual for details on devices and partitions). You can also specify the non-file-structured devices CONSOLE: and RS:.  There are several ways to invoke the compiler and several options that you can use with it. The command line takes the for If you copy a file to the RS232 interface, by default the interface is driven at 9600 baud. To change the baud rate, rum: COMPILE [inputfile] [~] [outputfile] [/switch(es)] Examples of legitimate compiler calls include: n the SetBaud program (see below). The source file for Copy may contain wild cards (for a description of the wild cards COMPILE Program.pas COM ProgramX (Note that the .pas extension is implicit; , see the PERQ Introductory User Manual). If the source contains wild cards, the destination must contain the same wild  if ProgramX does not exist, the compiler looks for ProgramX.PAS.) COMP Program2~cards in the same order. In this case, Copy matches all files in the directory with the source pattern. For each match, theProgram1 (creates the output file Program1.SEG) COM (compiles the defa part of the source file name that matches each wild card replaces the corresponding wild card in the destination. As anult file) COM /symbol=32 (compiles the default file with 32 symbol ta example, for the command: COPY foo*.abc# anotherdir>*baz.rmn#z the input file "FOOZAP.ABCD" would be cop.  >TEST.BINARY - TEST PROGRAM SEG, RUN, AND BIN FILES file name version file name on .DFS - QCODES.DFS Q-Code const definitions. COMPINIT.PAS - COMPIN.PAS floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 1.1  Initialization. CODEGEN.PAS - CODEGE.PAS Code generator. DECPART.PAS  Perq diagnostic monitor. PDM2.PAS - PDM2.PAS PDM 2nd module. PDC CHARS CHARS.SEG - CHARS.BIN :LINK 0.2 CROSSHATCH CROSSHATCH.SEG - CROSOMMON.PAS - PDCOMM.PAS PDM/PDS common definitions. PDMUTILS.PAS - PDMUTI.PASSH.SEG DISPATCH.BIN 1.1 DISPAT.BIN DTST.BIN 1.2 DTST.BIN DUAL.BIN 1.0 DUAL.BIN PDM utility routines. PDMLOAD.PAS - PDMLOD.PAS PDM Pascal program  HIGH.BIN 1.0 HIGH.BIN JUMP.BIN 1.0 JUMP.BIN :LINK 1.5 KEYTEST KEYTESloader. PDM.MAS - PDM.MAS PDM master file for current diagnostics. PDS.PAS T.SEG - KEYTST.SEG LOOP.BIN 0.0 LOOP.BIN LOW.BIN 1.0 LOW.BIN MEM.BIN  - PDS.PAS Perq diagnostic slave. PDM.HELP - PDM.HELP  2.0 MEM.BIN NEXTOP.BIN 1.1 NEXTOP.BIN NXTI.BIN 1.1 NXTI.BIN PART.BIN PDM help file. PDM.MICRO - PDM.MIC Pseudo PDS microcode example. PDMVFY.MICRO 1.1 PART.BIN PBT.BIN 1.1 PBT.BIN RAT.BIN 1.3 RAT.BIN REGT.BIN 1.1 R1.1 PDMVFY.MIC PDM version of VFY. RAT.MICRO 1.3 RAT.MIC SourcEGT.BIN SHIFT.BIN 1.1 SHIFT.BIN STACK.BIN 1.0 STACK.BIN TST.BIN 1.1 TST.BINe data suspicious raster-op test. REGT.MICRO 1.1 REGT.MICRO SHIFT.MICRO 1.0 SHIFT.MIC  :LINK 2.1 TESTFLOPPY TESTFLOPPY.SEG - TSTFPY.SEG >PASCAL.SOURCE - PASCAL COMPILER SOUR Test of the shift hardware. STACK.MICRO 1.0 STACK.MIC 20-bit, 16-level stack teCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---st. TESTFLOPPY.PAS 2.1 TSTFPY.PAS Test and format floppies.(formerly FLOPPY) TST.MICRO ------------------------- PASCAL.PAS 6.0 PASCAL.PAS Pascal compiler global definitions.  1.1 TST.MIC Pre-Boot diagnostic.  PAS0.PAS - PAS0.PAS PAS1.PAS - PAS1.PAS PAS2.PAS - PAS2.PAS QCODES/ - 10 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Copy 05 Feb 82 copies prog.pas from the directory "dir1 - 11 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - The Preliminary Debugger " into the current directo- ry. If there are no wild cards in the source, an attempt to include in the destination name  05 Feb 82 9. The Preliminary Debugger The current operating system includes a simple debugger. When the userother wild card characters, besides the single "*" discussed above, may lead to problems later. These extra wild cards wil types ^SHIFT-D or an uncaught exception is discovered, a dump of the user stack is shown. This has the form: Control-shil be treated as simple literal characters. Because a file name with wild cards in it is hard to specify, the Copy programft-D dump Debug at 108 in routine 7 in IO_PRIVA. Called from 214 in routine RANDOMWI (8) in WIPEWIN. Called from 395 in requires confirmation before creating a file with wild cards in the name. Copy is a useful command if you'd like to edit  routine WIPEWIN (0) in WIPEWIN. Called from 149 in routine 0 in LOADER. Called from 222 in routine 1 in SYSTEM. Called froyour own copy of a file without changing the original one. (The Editor provides you with the ability to do this too, m 520 in routine 0 in SYSTEM. First, the reason for taking the dump is shown. Next is a trace of all the procedures on but copying can give you an additional safeguard against unintentional changes to the source.) The names of SourceF the stack. Each line shows the location in the code, the routine that location is in, and the module which contains thile and DestinationFile may be identical; however if they are identical a new file will not be created. If you want twat routine. The location is the QCode offset from the beginning of the procedure. You can use QDis to try to associate lways look in only one directory. When the source file name contains no wild cards, the destination file name may conto files you should use nonidentical names. If the file you are copying to already exists, Copy requests confirmationain, at most, one occurance of the wild card "*". In this case, the non-directory part of the source replaces the "*" in the before overwriting it. This can be disabled by using the switch "/NOCONFIRM" or enabled using the switch "/CONFIRM".  destination. For example, COPY sys:Boot>newOS>myprog.Pas dir3>new.* would copy the file "sys:Boot>newOS>myNOCONFIRM also sets NOASK. If an error is discovered and wild cards were used, Copy asks the user whether to continue procprog.Pas" into a new file named "dir3>new.myProg.Pas". This is most useful when you want to copy a file from one directessing the rest of the files that match the input. This confirmation is required no matter what switches were specifieory to another with the same name. For example, COPY dir1>prog.Pas * d. A final switch is "/HELP" which describes the function of Copy and the various switches. /  PASCAL.RES LEX.SEG 0.0 LEX.SEG FQCODES.SEG 1.0 FQCODE.SEG FRESWORDS.SEG 1.0 FREversion file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- KAL.SWO.SEG FSYNTAX.SEG 1.0 FSYNTA.SEG :LINK 2.0 QDIS QDIS.SEG - QDIS.SEG PAS - KAL.PAS Kaleidoscope display. KINETIC.PAS - KINETI.PAS QCODES - QCODES >PASCAL.MORE.SOURCE - MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name versi Demonstrate random raster-ops. LIFE.PAS - LIFE.PAS The game of life. LIon file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- EXPEXPR.PNE.PAS - LINE.PAS Line drawing display. PETAL.PAS - PETAL.PAS AS - EXPEXP.PAS Expression expansion. EXPR0.PAS - EXPR0.PAS EXPR1.PAS Cycloid drawing display. MULDIV.PAS - MULDIV.PAS Double precision multip - DECPAR.PAS Declaration processor. DEC0.PAS - DEC0.PAS DEC1.PAS  - EXPR1.PAS EXPR2.PAS - EXPR2.PAS EXPR3.PAS - EXPR3.PAS FSYNTAX.PAS  - DEC1.PAS DEC2.PAS - DEC2.PAS BODYPART.PAS - BODYPA.PAS  1.0 FSYNTA.PAS Program to generate PASCAL.SYNTAX from SYNTAX.DAT. SYNTA Procedure/function/program body processor. BODY0.PAS - BODY0.PAS BODY1.PAS - BODY1.PAS X.DAT - SYNTAX.DAT Error message data file. QDIS.PAS 2.0 QDIS.PAS BODY2.PAS - BODY2.PAS BODY3.PAS - BODY3.PAS >PASCAL.BINARY - PASCAL COMPILER SEG FILES  Q-Code disassembler. Also needs QCODES.PAS. FQCODES.PAS 1.0 FQCODE.PAS Pro file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------gram to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. QCODES.DAT - QCODES.DAT Q-Code name data file. ------------------- :LINK 6.0 PASCAL PASCAL.SEG - PASCAL.SEG COMPINIT.SEG -  FRESWORDS.PAS 1.0 FRESWO.PAS Program to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. RESWORDS.DAT  COMPIN.SEG CODEGEN.SEG - CODEGE.SEG DECPART.SEG - DECPAR.SEG BODYPART.SEG -  - RESWOR.DAT Q-Code name data file. LEX.PAS 0.0 LEX.PAS  BODYPA.SEG EXPEXPR.SEG - EXPEXP.SEG PASCAL.SYNTAX - PASCAL.SYN PASCAL.RESWORDS - Lexical scanner for compiler. >DEMO.SOURCE - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCES file name 0  function) headers in the module source file to determine which procedure it is. When counting procedures, start with one Manual - The Preliminary Debugger 05 Feb 82 Debug> Now you can use the debugger's commands to investigate your progr for programs and zero for modules. The main body of a program is its procedure zero. Exported and forward procedam. Notice that the debugger goes to more effort to find the procedure names than the original dump, so that if a proceduures are counted only once, where the name first appears. Internal (nested) procedures are counted exactly like otherre name was not printed at first, going into the debugger may get it displayed. The debugger does not know the types or size procedures. _ ____ _____ _________ _____ A note about procedure names: These names are always truncated to eight charas of variables, but it does know the number of words allocated for locals, arguments and results. Note that the compilercters and converted to all uppercase. To get the names, the debugger examines the Seg file for the module. If the Seg file  may generate temporary variables which are included in the local count. When a debugger command is invoked which take found is not the one that was loaded, the procedure names will be wrong. The procedure numbers will always be correct, hos an offset, you can type a number which is the offset of the word to print. Zero is the first word. If you type -1, all wever. For the procedure names of system modules, the system run file is checked to find the Seg file name. This Seg the words in the current context will be printed. For example, to an "a" command, all the arguments will be printed for -1file is used to get the procedure names. If the system run file or the system Seg files are not accessible, the debugger will. If you type -2, the debugger will request the first and the last offsets to print. In this manner, a range of values can  not be able to print the procedure names for system routines. After the dump is printed, you will be asked if you want to  be printed. No checking is done to make sure that the offsets typed are in range; if a number is out of range, some random  debug. (If a dump is printed due to a ^SHIFT-C, no debugging will be allowed). If you answer no, the program will be data will be printed. Data is printed in the form: [ 7] ( 5053^) = 6 where 7 is the offset in the current procedurcontinued if it was called from ^SHIFT-D, otherwise it will be aborted and control will go back to the Shell. If you decide e, 5053 is the offset from the bottom of the entire stack and 6 is the value in that location. _ ____ __ ________ this with the corresponding place in the source. When the debugger can find the procedure name, it is printed followed by theto debug, the debugger will print something like: Scrounge, V0.10 Now at routine KEYINTR (7) in IO_PRIVA There a procedure number. At other times, only the routine number will be printed. You can count the procedure (and exception andre 5 local words, 0 argument words, and 0 result words - 12 - PERQ Utility Programs0 --------------------------- :LINK - KAL KAL.SEG - KAL.SEG :LINK -  table. SLIDER.PAS - SLIDER.PAS Slide a window from one position to another on  KINETIC KINETIC.SEG - KINETI.SEG :LINK - LIFE LIFE.SEG - LIFE the screen. JUST.PAS - JUST.PAS Justify text with various fonts in a wind.SEG :LINK - LINE LINE.SEG - LINE.SEG :LINK - PETAL PETAL.SEow. WIPEWIN.PAS - WIPWIN.PAS Wipe a picture into a window. SNOOZE.PAS - G - PETAL.SEG MULDIV.SEG - MULDIV.SEG SLEEP.SEG - SLEEP.SEG :LINK  SNOOZE.PAS Pause for a specified period of time. Modules for SigGraph demo: MulDi 0.0 SCREENDUMP SCREENDUMP.SEG - SCRDMP.SEG :LINK - SEISMO SEISMO.SEG v, Sleep, WindowLib, SigUtils, FontStuff. WINDOWLIB.PAS - WINLIB.PAS  - SEISMO.SEG :LINK - SKETCH SKETCH.SEG - SKETCH.SEG >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE Window routine library. SIGUTILS.PAS - SIGUTI.PAS SigGraph 80 demo utilities. FONTSTUFF - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descr.PAS - FONTST.PAS Load and unload fonts for Just. >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY - SIGGRAPH 80 Diption. ---------------------------- INITDEMO.PAS - INITD.PAS EMONSTRATION BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ly and divide for Petal. SLEEP.PAS - SLEEP.PAS Sleep for a specified period of time. S Initialize the demo. PETALDEMO.PAS - PETALD.PAS Cycloid drawing display. CREENDUMP.PAS 0.0 SCRDMP.PAS Print an image of the screen to an HP 7310A LINEDEMO.PAS - LINED.PAS Line drawing display. LIFEDEMO.PAS - LIFED.PAS printer. SEISMO.PAS - SEISMO.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. SKETCH.PAS  The game of life. SEISDEMO.PAS - SEISD.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder dis - SKETCH.PAS Sketch on the screen using the tablet. >DEMO.BINARY - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SEG play. GETSAVE.PAS - GETSAV.PAS Get display from file to screen or save from FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. - screen to file. CREATEWIN.PAS - CREWIN.PAS Create entry in Screen package's window1  and then it can be investigated. < Down level. Move down one level towards the bottom of the stack.  you answer yes to this question, you do not have to worry about the space for them when counting variables _________ A note on counting variables: Imagine that your procedure was defined with the following variables: var  When entering the debugger, the current procedure is set at the top so this command has to be used first. ^ Derea,b,c: Integer; d: Char; When a list of variables are defined in the same statement, they are allocated in reverse ference. Dereference any pointer in memory. This takes a segment number and an offset. For a variable parameter or order so the first word is the variable "c". The second word is "b", the third "a" and the fourth is "d". This is true f pointer variable, the offset is first and then the segment number. t Top of Stack. Move to the top of or local and global variables and for records. Note that if you had declared the variables as: var a: Integer; bthe stack. b Bottom of Stack. Move to the bottom of the stack. c Current. Shows number of words for arguments: Integer; c: Integer; d: Char; then "a" would be the first word, "b" is the second one, etc. This __, returns and locals for the current procedure. d Display Stack. This command reprints the original dump. Some _ does not hold for procedure parameters, however, where the variables are always stored in exactly the order declared. The  additional procedure names may be printed. In addition, the procedure where you are debugging is marked with "<*debugger's commands are: ? Print a list of all the commands. x Set the radix. All integers are normally printed *>". l Local. Examine the local data. The debugger reprints the number of local words. You can type the  in signed decimal. With this command, you can specify any radix from 2 to 36. If the radix is negative thenoffset of the word you want to see. a Argument. Examine the arguments to a procedure or function. e Except all output will be unsigned. If it is positive then output will be signed. Note that this radix is only forion. Examine the arguments (parameters) to an excep- tion. r Returns. Examine the return values from a procedu output; all input is still in signed decimal. - 13 - PERQ Utility Progre. g Globals. Examine the globals for the module or program that the procedure is in. When the g command is grams Manual - The Preliminary Debugger 05 Feb 82 > Up level. Move up one level in the stack towards the top of iven, the module or program name is printed. If it is a program, the debugger asks if you want to skip input an the stack. To investigate the variables of a procedure, move up or down the stack until that procedure is reachedd output. These are the two file variables that are defined for every program and take up space at the top. If1 LINEDEMO.SEG - LINED.SEG :LINK - LIFEDEMO LIFEDEMO.SEG - LIFED.SEG :LINK  Program used to design new cursors. FONTED.PAS - FONTED.PAS Program us - SEISDEMO SEISDEMO.SEG - SEISD.SEG :LINK - GETSAVE GETSAVE.SEG ed to create new fonts. FONT2ED.PAS - FONT2E.PAS Part of Fonted. FONTED.CURSOR -  - GETSAV.SEG :LINK - CREATEWIN CREATEWIN.SEG - CREWIN.SEG :LINK  FONTED.CUR File of pictures needed by the font editor. DR.MEMORY.PAS - DRMEMO.PAS  - SLIDER SLIDER.SEG - SLIDER.SEG :LINK - JUST JUST.SEG -  Peek and poke into the memory manager tables. TD.PAS - TD.PAS JUST.SEG :LINK - WIPEWIN WIPEWIN.SEG - WIPWIN.SEG :LINK - SNOOZE  Demo of Grapics TD1.PAS - TD1.PAS Part of TD TD2.PAS  SNOOZE.SEG - SNOOZE.SEG WINDOWLIB.SEG - WINLIB.SEG SIGUTILS.SEG - SIGUTI.SEG F - TD2.PAS Another part of TD MAZE.PAS - MAZE.PAS Draws ONTSTUFF.SEG - FONTST.SEG FEATURES.SLIDE - FEATUR.SLI SOFTWARE.SLIDE - SOFTWA.SLI NETa maze and runs a mouse through it GENMAZE.PAS - GENMAZ.PAS Creates a well-formed random WORK.SLIDE - NETWOR.SLI UCODE.SLIDE - UCODE.SLI IO.SLIDE - IO.SLI 3RCC.SLIDEmaze. MAZEPLAYER.PAS - MAZEPL.PAS Used by Maze to allow user to try to  - 3RCC.SLI JUST.DEMO - JUST.DEM GRAPH.PIC - GRAPH.PIC 3RCC.PIC  get through the maze  - 3RCC.PIC BLANK.PIC - BLANK.PIC WASHDC.PIC - WASHDC.PIC NGR13.KST - NGR13.KST MET22.KST - MET22.KST DEMO - DEMO DEMO1.CMD - DE ---------------------------- :LINK - INITDEMO INITDEMO.SEG - INITD.SMO1.CMD >PERQFILE.USERLIBRARY - USER LIBRARY SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- EG :LINK - PETALDEMO PETALDEMO.SEG - PETALD.SEG :LINK - LINEDEMO  short description. ---------------------------- CURSDESIGN.PAS 1.0 CURSDE.PAS 2  unsigned). For bytes and characters, offsets are still in terms of words; the debugger prints both bytes in then the free list, thus making those blocks available for use by other files. Wildcards may be used in the file  word specified. s Stack. This command permits display of words anywhere on the program stack. Detailespecification, but not in a directory part. See the section entitled "Specifying a file name" in the PERQ Introductory Usd knowledge of the compiler's memory allocation is necessary to utilize this command so it is generally noter Manual for details on PERQ wildcard conventions. The valid switches for Delete are: /CONFIRM a useful. q Quit. Exits the debugger and aborts the program that was running. This returns control back to tsks for verification before deleting a file. It's the default when you use a wildcard unless . Unfortunately, there is no way to examine data in modules that do not have procedures on the stack. m Mode. The Shell. It requires confirmation. p Proceed. Exits the debugger and resumes the program executing. Note he debugger cannot know the type of data, but if you know, you can tell the debugger. The mode command lets you that this command allows you to resume from uncaught exceptions but this is not recommended. In this case,  specify the output mode for data. When you type the Mode command, it prints the current mode and asks for a n confirmation is required. If the debugger was entered through ^SHIFT-D, then no confirmation is required. If ew one. If you type "?" at this point, a list of the options is printed. They are: i=integer, s=string, an exception is raised inside the debugger, the debugger aborts immediately and exits to the Shell. In the debugger, ^ c=char, B=Boolean, b=byte. Notice the case sensitivity of the arguments. When the mode is string, the debuggC and ^SHIFT-C both cause immediate exit to the Shell also. ^SHIFT-D is disabled while inside the debugger. Also, the HEer cannot print a range or all data since it cannot know how much memory was allocated to hold the first strLP key does not work while in the debugger; use the debugger question mark (?) command. ing. In this case, if the -1 argument is - 14 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Th - 15 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Delete e Preliminary Debugger 05 Feb 82 given, the offset is assumed to be zero. When printing strings, th 05 Feb 82 10. Delete The command: DELETE FileSpecification[,file2,...filen][/switch] irreve length is printed first. When printing bytes, the radix specified still holds (although they will always be ocably destroys the specified file(s). It deletes the file's name from the directory and places the blocks it occupied o2 ro sysb.micro 27 Jan 82 LFK Added new test module. 20-25 Jan 82 LFK Put in shape to rr. 14 Oct 81 LFK Plx and Floppydup update. 13 Oct 81 LFK Fix Swappability.  Perq.Files - PERQ Files Information Perq.Files is a list of the files distributed with the Three Riveflect D.65 changes and some things wrong with D.65. 15 Jan 82 LFK Ners Computer Corporation PERQ. Source files are included in this list, but please note that they are included with ew directory structure. Alphabetize index. 07 Jan 82 LFK Matched P.f the PERQ only if a source license is purchased. The User Library programs are also listed, but must be ordered from iles to D.66 system - microcode 31 Dec 81 CLH Set up for new FLOPPY, Real pascal com-  Trust - The Three Rivers Users' Society. Copyright (C) 1981 Three Rivers Computer Corporation 720 Gross St piler, new Popcmdparse, etc. 07 Dec 81 LFK Added RealFunction. Updated utprogress. reet Pittsburgh, PA 15224 (412) 621-6250 Modified: 19 Feb 82 LFK FTP Fix for d.6  24 Nov 81 LFK Mark change to Typefile. 23 Nov 81 LFK Scott change to STREAM.  09 Feb 82 LFK FLOPPYCOPY update, Documentation update. 09 Feb 82 LFK Added CANON index.  19 Nov 81 LFK Strait changes. Szelza changes 3 d won. 19 Nov 81 LFK Changes to PLX 08 Feb 82 LFK Added nosource index. 01 Feb 82 LFK Updated Documentation for D.6. , EDITOR, FLOPPYDUP. 17 Nov 81 LFK 26 updates submitted by JPS. 11 Nov 81 JM Chan 01 Feb 82 LFK Floppy updates and new command files. 30 Jan 82 LFK Editor updates and dged PLX and PLXUTILS. 09 Nov 81 LFK Changed Floppydup (# of sides to copy). 03 Nov 81 eletions, and other updates. 29 Jan 82 LFK Brad's D.6 updates. LFK Z80 Documentation, Fix util. double dens. 02 Nov 81 LFK Changed Dirtree and added Dirtree.Cur.  28 Jan 82 LFK Added ethernet stuff (s.j.) 28 Jan 82 LFK New category for cmd files. (e. 02 Nov 81 LFK Split UTILITY -- Utility.Device.Source. 27 Oct 81 LFK Updated FILES.PRc.) 28 Jan 82 LFK Updates lights,stream,pasreal from s.b. 28 Jan 82 LFK New compilOSE 27 Oct 81 LFK Added SetTime to OSPgms, updated TypeFile. 26 Oct 81 LFK Changeser updates. 27 Jan 82 LFK Strait and Scelza updates. 27 Jan 82 LFK Updated Vfy.mic to Microcode. 21 Oct 81 LFK Updated PLX and PLXUTILS. 15 Oct 81 LFK Updated Edito3  and then press down on the pen or puck. You should not type a carriage return before pressing. The menu displayedg it. - 17  when you press contains the files that match the file pattern. If no pattern is typed, all the files in the current directo- PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Details 05 Feb 82 11. Details The Details command providesry are listed. Simply select in the menu the files that should be deleted. Unlike the menu for the Shell, the Delete m some information about the current state of your PERQ. Typing DETAILS /HELP will get you online documentation. enu allows you to select multiple files. All selected files are marked by reverse-video. These are the files that will be The Details command line is of the form: DETAILS [/switch] Valid switches are: /USERNAME  deleted. You can de-select a selected file by simply pressing on it again. Since the number of files that can be displayed Name of current user /USERID ID of current user /MEMORYSIZE The size of memory is limited, scrolling is - 16 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Delete  /PARITYERRORS Parity error information /PROFILENAME Name of profile file for the  05 Feb 82 provided when the the number of files matching the file specifica- tion is large. Use of the scrolli current user /PARTITION Names of all devices and partitions you use a PopUp menu (see below). /NOCONFIRM is the default when you specify ng feature is described in the PERQ Introductory Users Manual. Once you have selected all the files you wish to delet only a filename without a wildcard. /HELP provides some online documentation. Delete also e, move the cursor to the lower right corner of the menu to the spot with the "x" in it. The cursor should change to a lallows you to select the files you want to delete by using a PopUp menu (see the section on "PopUp Menus" in the PERQ arge exclamation point. When you press here, all the deletes will take place. If, however, you press outside of the menu beIntroductory Users Manual). To get a PopUp menu, type Delete followed by a carriage return (no arguments). Delete wfore pressing here, no deletes will take place and the program aborts. When using a PopUp menu for deletion, the default is ill prompt with File to delete or press for Menu: at this point you can simply press the pen or puck for a menu. NOVERIFY. Thus all selected files are deleted when you press the exclamation point. For added safety, you can still specify tYou can also type a file name followed by switches. For example, you might type :boot>myDir>*.TMP/confirm he /VERIFY switch (as shown above) to cause the system to ask for confirmation on each of the selected files before deletin3 PS. >OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SOURCES file name ve Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 MEMORY.PAS Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a rsion file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- MOVEME.PAS Memory manager utility to move segments. PASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS  ACB.DFS 1.1 ACB.DFS Activation control block definitions--common  Handles double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS 0.1 PASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ to microcode and Pascal. ALIGNMEMORY.PAS 1.1 ALIGNM.PAS Allocate buffers on multi_STRING.PAS 2.4 PERQST.PAS String manipulation package. RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS  13 Oct 81 LFK D.98 Updates. 12 Oct 81 LFK Split OS. 06 Oct 81 LFK ples of 256 word boundaries. ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS Double precision arithmetic for the Added SHIFT to Test. 30 Sep 81 LFK 30 Sep 81 LFK D5-->D99 updates disk system. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS Run file and seg file definitio 19 Jul 81 JPS System D.5. 13 Jul 81 BAM (removed PDM.Seg stuff from Perq.Files) ns. CONTROLSTORE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.PAS Load controlstore and jump to controlstore. DYNAMIC.PAS  10 Jul 81 BAM (fixed version numbers) 6 Jul 81 BAM (removed EF1) 12 Jun 81 JPS  1.4 DYNAMI.PAS Dynamic allocation routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EE 11 Jun 81 BAM 1 Jun 81 BAM 4 Apr 81 DAS 21 Apr 81 B.DFS Exception Enable Block definitions--common to Pascal and microcode JPS 4 Apr 81 JPS 31 Mar 81 JPS 30 Mar 81 DAS 28 Mar  EXCEPT.PAS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1.4 81 DAS 26 Mar 81 DAS 16 Mar 81 DAS 6 Mar 81 JPS. 4 EXCEPT.DFS Definitions of the exceptions--common to microcode and Pascal.  Mar 81 JPS and DAS. 17 Feb 81 JPS. 26 Jan 81 JPS. 22 Dec 80 JPS.  GETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 GETTIM.PAS Get time and date as TimeStamp. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2  21 Nov 80 JPS. 20 Nov 80 JPS. 10 Nov 80 JPS. 23 Oct 80 JLIGHTS.PAS Definitions of the lights. LOADER.PAS 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq4  specific information /DISKSIZE Size of hard disk /TIME Gives current date andnal or you can specify that the Directory command write the listing to a file. The form for the command line is:  time /PATH Gives current path, default partition name and default  DIRECTORY [dirSpec>][fileSpec]{/switch}[~][outputfile] If it is invoked without a switch, all files in the current device name /LASTFILE Default file for Edit and Compile /BOO directory will be listed. To write the output of a Directory listing to a file, specify an output filename. If thTCHAR Character used for booting /BOOTS Valid boot characters /SWAP ere are wild cards, the dirSpec part is matched against all directories and the fileSpec part is matched against all files Whether swapping is enabled or not and to where /IOERRORS A count of  in the directories that matched dirSpec. Wild cards are described in the section "Specifying a file name" in the PERQ Inhow many times each of the IO errors occurred since the last btroductory User Manual. Wild cards are not allowed in partition or device names. Examples of usage include: oot /ALL Displays all of the above informa- tion /HELP For online docuDIR lists every file in the current directory DIR *>* shows all files in all directories smentation These may be abbreviated to as many characters as are unique. If you don't specify a switch, a selection of thtarting with the current directory and including all subdirectories. DIR/HELP gives onlinee available information is typed. If you specify *, all information is typed. "Details /Partition" is very useful since documentation DIRECTORY :BOOT>x*>*.run~run.list looks in the Boot partition for all the run files in  it tells how much free space there is in all the partitions. See the PERQ Introductory User Manual and the PERQ File  directories whose names start with "x" and writes all of these names into the file "run.list".  known (includes the number of free blocks in each partition) /LOADEDPSystem Utilities Manual for details on Partitions, Search lists, Shell, Path, and Boots. ROFILE Profile information that is cached in memory /SEARCH Print - 18 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Directory 05 Feb 82 12. Directory The Dirs the current search list. /SHELLNAME Name of current Shell runfile /SHELLINFO Shellectory command provides an alphabetical list of files in a directory. You can display the directory listing at your termi4 ing system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS Common system definitions. VIRTUAL.PASSEG 2.2 WRITER.SEG >OS.PROGRAMS.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM SOURCES  2.8 VIRTUA.PAS The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 VRD.DFS  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -------------- Variable Routine Descriptor Definitions common to Pascal and microcode. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WR--- CLOCK.PAS 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set, convert time and date as TimeStamp ITER.PAS Stream package output conversion routines. >OS.SYSTEM.BINARY - OPERAT or String. CMDPARSE.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS Command parser. DOSWAP.PAS 1.0 ING SYSTEM SYSTEM SEGMENT FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. DOSWAP.PAS Module for handling the "swap" command for shell. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPIB.PAS  --------------------------- ARITH.SEG 2.2 ARITH.SEG ALIGNMEMORY.SEG  Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 bus. HELPER.PAS 1.1 HELPER.PA 1.1 ALIGNM.SEG CONTROLSTORE.SEG 1.2 CONTRO.SEG CODE.SEG 1.6 CODE.SEG DYNAMIC.SEG S Module for presenting help menu. INITSHELL.PAS 2.2 INITSH.PAS Does in Routine dictionary definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. READER.PAS  1.4 DYNAMI.SEG EXCEPT.SEG 2.9 EXCEPT.SEG GETTIMESTAMP.SEG 1.4 GETTIM.SEG LOADER.SEG 22.1 READER.PAS Stream package input conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 REALFU.PAS .6 LOADER.SEG MEMORY.SEG 2.13 MEMORY.SEG MOVEMEM.SEG 1.6a MOVEME.SEG PASREAL.SEG -  Standard floating-point functions. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS Procedure PASREA.SEG PASLONG.SEG - PASLON.SEG PERQ_STRING.SEG 2.4 PERQST.SEG READER.SEG 2s to read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS Procedures to write run files. SCROUNGE.PA.1 READER.SEG REALFUNCTIONS.SEG 1.0 REALFU.SEG RUNREAD.SEG 1.1 RUNREA.SEG RUNWRITE.SEG S 0.14 SCROUN.PAS The preliminary debugger. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS  1.1 RUNWRI.SEG SCROUNGE.SEG 0.14 SCROUN.SEG STREAM.SEG 1.20 STREAM.SEG :LINK  Stream package base routines - Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operat - SYSTEM.6=SYSTEM/SYSTEM SYSTEM.SEG 2.4 SYSTEM.SEG VIRTUAL.SEG 2.8 VIRTUA.SEG WRITER.5  DIRECTORY Program* tells you what files beginning with "Program" are in the current directory, e.g. contain any matches for fileSpec. /ONECOLUMN tells Direct to print all files in one , Program.pas, Program.seg, Program.run. DIRECT *zing* lists all files with "zing" in thei column. This is the default when the output goes to a file. /MULTICr names. DIR Program*/SIZE lists files beginning with "Program" and tells how much disk spOLUMN tells Direct to print files in four columns. This is the default when doiace each occupies. The following are the switches available for use with this program: /HELP ng a FAST directory to the screen. This switch does nothing if SIZE or ALL is  types online documentation. /FAST - 19 - PERQ Utility Programs Man specified. /DELIMITER when used in conjunction with an output fileual - Directory 05 Feb 82 prints a short directory. This is  specification, writes filenames as name | name i the default. /SIZE tells you how many blocks and bits are in each fnto a file. This is useful for creating command files. /PARTITIONS ile. /ALL provides the following information about each file: gives information about all partitions after the files are listed. /SORT=option  Number of Blocks Number of Bits Kind of file  specifies the method in which the directory - 20 - PERQ Utility Programs  Creation date Last Update date Last Access date /LIManual - Directory 05 Feb 82 is sorted and displayed. This switch accepts STDIRECTORIES When doing a multi-directory listing, only the directories that  the following options: NOSORT - do not sort the directory. In this  have valid matches for the fileSpec are printed. This switch tells  case, all the files are listed in essentially random order. This switch is useful when  Direct to print all directories that match the dirSpec even if they do not  swapping is turned off and Direct does not have enough memory to sort the file (for 5 PAS 2.4 POPUP.PAS Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 LL SHELL.SEG 3.4 SHELL.SEG INITSHELL.SEG 2.2 INITSH.SEG :LINK - LINK.6=LI POPUPC.PAS Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1 PROFILE.PAS MNK LINK.SEG 4.3 LINK.SEG :LINK - LOGIN.6=LOGIN LOGIN.SEG 2.0 LOGIN.SEGodule for accessing the profile. QUICKSORT.PAS 1.2 QUICKS.PAS Sorts arrays, integers and stri PROFILE.SEG 1.1 PROFIL.SEG USERPASS.SEG 1.4 USERPA.SEG MULTIREAD.SEG 1.0 MULTIR.SEG ngs. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS High-quality random number generator. POPCMDPARSE.SEG 1.8 POPCMD.SEG POPUP.SEG 2.4 POPUP.SEG POPUPCURS.SEG 2.1 POPUPC.SEG QU Progress module for utilities. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS232B.PAS Set RS232 baud rate with optionaICKSORT.SEG 1.2 QUICKS.SEG RANDOMNUMBERS.SEG 1.2 RANDOM.SEG RS232BAUD.SEG 1.1 RS232B.SEG SHELl enable input. SHELL.PARAS - SHELL.PAR Information necessary to generate SHELL/HELP. SHLDEFS.SEG 1.0 SHELLD.SEG UTILPROGRESS.SEG 1.16 UTILPR.SEG ELL.PAS 3.4 SHELL.PAS Top-level command processor. SHELLDEFS.PAS 1.0 SHELLD.P >OS.IO.SOURCE - INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM SOURCE MODULES file name version file name on floppy -----AS Definition of SHELL. Data format. USERPASS.PAS 1.4 USERPA.PAS Look---- short description. ---------------------------- ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PAup user name/password pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS User for showing progress of utilitS Allocation of sectors from the disk free list. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 DISKy programs. >OS.PROGRAMS.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAMS BINARY FILES file name versionIO.PAS Medium-level disk input/output routines. ETHER10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS itialization for Shell. LINK.PAS 4.3 LINK.PAS Q-Code linker. LOGIN.PAS 2.0  file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------  LOGIN.PAS Login program. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast CLOCK.SEG 1.6 CLOCK.SEG CMDPARSE.SEG 3.6 CMDPAR.SEG DOSWAP.SEG 1.0 DOSWAP. multisector read of a file. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.SEG GPIB.SEG 1.3 GPIB.SEG HELPER.SEG 1.1 HELPER.SEG :LINK - SHELL.6=SHE6 as the root of the tree. The default starting place is the default device. In this case, DirTree displays all thwas given when it was partitioned. Once a device has been dismounted, it can no longer be accessed e partitions, and then all the directories in each partition, and then all the subdirectories, etc. Lines are drawn fro ____ until it has been mounted again. It is very important to Dismount filesystem floppies before remom each directory to its parent. If a directory is supplied, DirTree simply starts the search from that directory. If ving them from the drive. See the section on "Mount" for more information.  example, when running from the floppy). NAME - sort by the name of the file. This is the specified, or default, root directory contains the current directory, DirTree highlights the current directory with r the default. SIZE - sort by file size. This operation lists fieverse video. You can then change the path by moving the cursor to the desired directory and pressing the pen or puck. Tles in decreasing order, with the largest file first. CREATEDATE - sort by creathis is equivalent to issuing a Path command; DirTree permits you to change your current directory. Typing any charaion date. The most recent file is listed first. ACCESSDATE - sort by last accescter or pressing in an area that does not contain a directory exits DirTree. If the directory is too deep to fit on the ss. For this function, access is defined as the last read operation performed on tcreen, DirTree puts an asterisk (*) on the right of the parent. You can reinvoke DirTree with this directory as the root tohe file. UPDATEDATE - sort by last update. For this switch, update is defined a see more of the tree structure. DirTree accepts three switches: /WAIT, the default, enables pressing to select a new path; s the last write operation performed on the file. /NOWAIT disables pressing to select a new path (DirTree simply displays the tree structure); and /HELP for online documentat - 21 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - DirTree 05 Feb 82 1ion. - 22 - PERQ Utility Programs Man3. DirTree DirTree gives a graphic representation of the filesystem's tree structure. It erases the screen and thual - Dismount 05 Feb 82 14. Dismount The Dismount command detaches devices from the filesysen displays a tree of all the directories starting from the root directory on the left. Any directory can be specified tem. The argument to Dismount is HARDDISK (H) or FLOPPY (F). Note that these names are used no matter what name the device 6  Ethernet IO interface. ETHERINTERRUPT.PAS 1.1 ETHERI.PAS Interrupt service for 10 MBaud ethes. READDISK.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS Upper-level disk input/output routines. SCREEN.PAS rnet. FILEACCESS.PAS 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6  3.12 SCREEN.PAS Screen manager. >OS.IO.BINARY - OPERATING SY FILEDE.PAS Definitions used by the File System. FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS STEM IO BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  File system directory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILESY.PAS File system--high-level ---------------------------- ALLOCDISK.SEG 2.8 ALLOCD.SEG DISKIO.SEG 3.12 DISKIO.SEG disk input/output routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions f ETHER10IO.SEG 1.8 ETHER1.SEG ETHERINTERRUPT.SEG 1.1 ETHERI.SEG FILEACCESS.SEG 1.7 FILEAC.SEG or the file type field. FILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS File utilities not needed by system. IOFILEDEFS.SEG 1.6 FILEDE.SEG FILEDIR.SEG 2.6 FILEDI.SEG FILESYSTEM.SEG 7.3 FILESY.SEG FI.PAS 4.8 IO.PAS Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS LEUTILS.SEG 1.10 FILEUT.SEG IO.SEG 4.8 IO.SEG IOERRMESSAGES.SEG 1.1 IOERRM.SEG IO_INIT. Input/output error number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS Names for thSEG 5.9 IOINIT.SEG IO_OTHERS.SEG 5.7 IOOTHE.SEG IO_PRIVATE.SEG 5.9 IOPRIV.SEG IO_UNIT.SEe Input/output errors. IO_INIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS Input/output manager initialization. IO_G 6.2 IOUNIT.SEG PMATCH.SEG 2.5 PMATCH.SEG READDISK.SEG 1.4 READDI.SEG SCREEN.SEG OTHERS.PAS 5.7 IOOTHE.PAS Other Input/output manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 3.12 SCREEN.SEG >OS.MISCELLANEOUS - OPERATING SYSTEM SPECIAL FILES file name  5.9 IOPRIV.PAS Interrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IO version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- UNIT.PAS The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS  DEFAULT.PROFILE - DEFAUL.PRO Default login profile. DELETE.CURSOR  Directory search with wild cards. RASTER.PAS - RASTER.PAS Raster-op definition - DELETE.CUR Cursor used when delete is busy. DIRTREE.CURSOR - DIRTRE.CUR 7 edo the edit session, and stop just before the disaster. Refer to the Editor User's Guide for details. The Editor does ex - 24 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Editor 05 Feb 82 If you'd like to save youtension completion on the file name specified. If the file to edit is FOO.PAS, it is only necessary to type FOO. The extensr changes but don't want to alter the source file, you can type W after Q to make a new file. 3.ions that the Editor knows about, in order tried, are: Pas, Micro, Cmd, and Dfs. The Editor signals the end of a file wit To read a file at your leisure: you can EDIT it, reading and scrolling at your own pace. To safeguard h a solid, left pointing triangle. Three common uses of the Editor are: 1. To create a new file: Invoke the ed against your having made any accidental changes to the file, type E after Q. itor with the name of your new file. The screen is cleared to give you a blank page to write on. Type  - 25 - PERQ Utility ProgrI to insert the text that you want to type in. When you're finished, i. Press the INS key (upper lams Manual - ExpandTabs 05 Feb 82 16. ExpandTabs ExpandTabs simulates tabs in every 8th column - 23 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Editor efthand corner of keyboard). This is important; it's the only way that what you typed in will 05 Feb 82 15. Editor The Editor is used to create or alter any text file on the PERQ. You will pr be saved. ii. Type Q. The screen is cleared again and you are prompted with a list of alternatobably use it very frequently, so it's a good idea to become familiar with it as soon as you can. It has its own online ives. See the Editor documentation for details on these. 2. To make changes to an existing file:  documentation (run Edit and press the HELP key) and manual (The Editor User's Guide), so this description is brief. T Invoke the editor with the name of an existing file. Work with the Editor User's Guide at your side hree common uses of the editor are discussed here. The command line for Edit is: EDITOR FileSpecification  until you're comfortable with the functions available. If you find that you've made changes to a fil or EDITOR/replay If the switch is left out Edit will assume that you want to edit the default file name reme that isn't yours or that you've done irreparable damage to one that is, don't panic - if, after typiembered by the Shell. The /REPLAY switch is useful when disaster occurs during an edit session; you specify the switch, rng Q you type E, all of the changes you've made will be ignored. 7 convert time and date as TimeStamp or String. CMDPARSE.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS  for the file type field. FILEUTILS.PAS 1.10 FILEUT.PAS File utilities not needed by system.  Command parser. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS Run file and seg file definitions. CONTROLSTOGETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 GETTIM.PAS Get time and date as TimeStamp. GPIB.PAS 1.3 GPRE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.PAS Load controlstore and jump to controlstore. DISKIO.PAS 3.12 IB.PAS Routines for dealing with the Perq IEEE-488 bus. IO.PAS 4.8  Cursor used by Dirtree program. FIX13.KST - FIX13.KST System character sDISKIO.PAS Medium-level disk input/output routines. DYNAMIC.PAS 1.4 DYNAMI.PAS et file. SCAVENGER.ANIMATE - SCAVEN.ANI File of cursors for scavenger. SYSTEM.USERS -  Dynamic allocation routines - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EEB.DFS Exception  SYSTEM.USE Valid system users and passwords. SYSTEM.6.CONFIG - SYSTEM.CON Enable Block definitions--common to Pascal and microcode. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDITK.PAR  Description of swappability for use by MakeBoot. UTILPROGRESS.CURSOR - UTILPR.CUR Curs Souce to generate .HELP files for EDITOR. ETHER10IO.PAS 1.8 ETHER1.PAS Etheror used by Utilprogress. >OS.NOSOURCE.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM NONSOURCE FILES file name net IO interface. EXCEPT.PAS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS The exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1 version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- .4 EXCEPT.DFS Definitions of the exceptions--common to microcode and Pascal.  ACB.DFS 1.1 ACB.DFS Activation control block definitions--common  FILEACCESS.PAS 1.7 FILEAC.PAS File system segment routines. FILEDEFS.PAS 1.6  to microcode and Pascal. ALLOCDISK.PAS 2.8 ALLOCD.PAS Allocation of sector FILEDE.PAS Definitions used by the File System. FILEDIR.PAS 2.6 FILEDI.PAS s from the disk free list. ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS Double precision File system directory routines. FILESYSTEM.PAS 7.3 FILESY.PAS File system--high-lev arithmetic for the disk system. CLOCK.PAS 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set, el disk input/output routines. FILETYPES.PAS 1.2 FILETY.PAS Definitions8 rograms Manual - FindString 05 Feb 82 17. FindString The FindString command searches through a nu. - 27 - PERQ Utility Programs Manumber of files for a particular string. There are two modes: /CONTEXT; and /NOCONTEXT. In /CONTEXT mode, FindString prinal - Floppy 05 Feb 82 18. Floppy The FLOPPY utility formats, tests, reads, and writes RT-11 ts leading and trailing characters for each occurrence of the specified string. In /NOCONTEXT mode, FindString prints onl format and filesystem floppy disks. FLOPPY can also format filesystem floppies. You can use FLOPPY to transfer files y the first occurrence of the specified string and does not print leading or trailing characters. The default mode is to pri between the hard disk and the floppy disk. The command line is: FLOPPY [command][/switch(es)] To executent leading and trailing characters for each occurrence (/CONTEXT). The first argument to FindString is the string to a single FLOPPY command and return control to the Shell, enter a command on the command line. To execute multiple FLOPPY fu search for. If you want to include a space, comma (,), or slash (/) in the search string, you must precede it with anctions, type FLOPPY and press return. In this case, the utility prompts with FLOPPY>. You can then enter commands or use t single quote ('). The next argument is the file pattern to match files against. The remaining arguments are optional. he pop-up menu. Some FLOPPY commands require confirmation. This confirmation comes from the keyboard even if a user commanYou can direct FindString to write the occurrence(s) to a file by specifying an output file. You can also specify a switd file is in use. If you use the FAST command (see below), no confirmation is required. The Zero and Format commands, howevch to show context, ignore upper and lower case, or request help. Thus, an example command line is: FindString screener, require an explicit /NOCONFIRM switch to override the confirmation request. While FLOPPY is processing a command, a "han by replacing tabs in the input file with the correct number of spaces. ExpandTabs is used when the input file was writ, :boot>os>*.pas~screen.users/nocontext The above command directs FindString to search all files with a .PAS extension in ten for another system and put onto a PERQ, which does not support tabs. Its command line takes the form: the OS directory of the BOOT partition for an occurrence of the string screen. FindString writes the output to the EXPANDTABS SourceFile DestinationFile Note that the ExpandTabs command does not accept the Help switch.  file "screen.users". By default, case is not significant (in the example above, Screen matches screen). You can force Fin - 26 - PERQ Utility PdString to match upper case characters by specifying the /CASESENSITIVE switch. FindString also accepts the /HELP switch8 EMORY.PAS Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a MOVEME.PAS Memory manager  REALFU.PAS Standard floating-point functions. RS232BAUD.PAS 1.1 RS2utility to move segments. MULTIREAD.PAS 1.0 MULTIR.PAS Does a very fast multisector read of a32B.PAS Set RS232 baud rate with optional enable input. RUNREAD.PAS 1.1 RUNREA.PAS  file. PASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS Handles double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS  Procedures to read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS Procedures to write 0.1 PASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ_STRING.PAS 2.4 PERQST.PAS String mrun files. SCREEN.PAS 3.12 SCREEN.PAS Screen manager. SCROUNGE.PAS 0.14 SCROUNanipulation package. PMATCH.PAS 2.5 PMATCH.PAS Directory search with .PAS The preliminary debugger. SHELL.PARAS - SHELL.PAR Information wild cards. POPCMDPARSE.PAS 1.8 POPCMD.PAS Popup window command parse. POPUP.PAS 2.necessary to generate SHELL/HELP. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS Stream package base routines - IO.PAS Input/output manager. IOERRORS.PAS 1.2 IOERRO.PAS Input/outp4 POPUP.PAS Provides a Pop Up Menu facility for POS. POPUPCURS.PAS 2.1 POPUPC.PAS ut error number constants. IOERRMESSAGES.PAS 1.1 IOERRM.PAS Names for the Input/output errors. I Defines cursors for Pop Up. PROFILE.PAS 1.1 PROFILE.PAS Module for accessiO_INIT.PAS 5.9 IOINIT.PAS Input/output manager initialization. IO_OTHERS.PAS 5.7 ng the profile. RANDOMNUMBERS.PAS 1.2 RANDOM.PAS High-quality random number generator.  IOOTHE.PAS Other Input/output manager procedures and functions. IO_PRIVATE.PAS 5.9 IOPRIV.PA Progress module for utilities. RASTER.PAS - RASTER.PAS Raster-op definitionsS Interrupt procedures and private definitions. IO_UNIT.PAS 6.2 IOUNIT.PAS . RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS Routine dictionary definitions--common to mi The basic UnitIO procedures and functions. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2 LIGHTS.PAS Definitions of crocode and Pascal. READDISK.PAS 1.4 READDI.PAS Upper-level disk input/output routines. REAthe lights. LOADER.PAS 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 MDER.PAS 2.1 READER.PAS Stream package input conversion routines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 9 all files, the cursor does not reach the bottom of the screen.) The wild card handling in FLOPPY is more restrictive parate the filenames with a comma (,). By default, the DELETE com- mand requests cthan the operating system's. FLOPPY only accepts wildcards for the DELETE and DIRECTORY commands (see the respective coonfirmation before deleting a file. You can override this by specify- ing the /NOCmmand descriptions). In addition, the only wild card available is the asterisk (*) and it can only be used by itself in eitheONFIRM switch. Wildcards are allowed. DIRECTORY: This command lists the files contained on a r the filename or extension part of a file specification (or both). Current FLOPPY commands and their switches are:  floppy and optionally writes the directory listing to a file. If you specify the COMPRESS: Coalesce free space on the floppy. This moves files so that all the unused blocks  DIRECTORY command with no arguments, it lists all the files contained on the flo are at the end of the floppy. COMPRESS does not accept input or output argumentsp- py. If you specify an input argument, DIRECTORY lists those files that match , but has a switch which turns verification on or off. The default is verify; if t the specified filename. If you specify an output argument, DIRECTORY writes thehis is on, COMPRESS checks every transfer to assure there are no errors. To COMPRE list- ing to a disk file with that name, but does not display the filenames on the SS in verify mode, you need not specify the switch, since /VERIFY is the defaul screen. By default, the DIRECTORY command prints (or writes) a full listing. Tot. The /NOVERIFY switch overrides the default. ____ NOTE: This co override this and print only the file names, specify the /SHORT switch. DUPLmmand takes a long time and cannot be interrupted once it starts. DELETE: This command ICATE: This command copies the contents of one floppy onto another. The command creates a deletes a file or multiple files on the floppy. To delete multiple  set of scratch files on the hard disk, copies the scratch files back to the new d" cursor moves down the right margin of the screen. When it has reached the bottom, your operation is complete. (With sm - 28 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Floppy 05 Feb 82 files, you must se9  VRD.DFS Variable Routine Descriptor Definitions common to Pascal and microcod----------------- CAN40.KST - CAN40.KST CAN40P.KST - CAN40P.KST Ce. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WRITER.PAS Stream package output conversion routines. ANON.SEG 1.0 CANON.SEG CAN.SEG 1.0 CAN.SEG CANP.SEG 1.0 CANP.SEG CANON. >CANON.SOURCE - CANON PRINTER SOURCE FILES file name version file name on floBIN 1.0 CANON.BIN CANONBLOCK.SEG 1.0 CANONB.SEG CANONUTILS.SEG 1.0 CANONU.SEG INFILEppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- CANON.PAS 1.0 .SEG 1.0 INFILE.SEG CBT.SEG 1.0 CBT.SEG >OS.CMD - OPERA CANON.PAS Main PASCAL interface to CANON LBP-10 laser printer. CAN.PAS 1.0 CAN.PAS TING SYSTEM RELEASE COMMAND FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  CANON laser printer, fixed width font document print program. CANP.PAS 1 ---------------------------- INITDISK.CMD - INITDI.CMD Partitions.0 CANP.PAS CANON laser printer, proportional spaced font document print progr and initializes disk. LOADDISK.CMD - LOADDI.CMD Loads system floppies. NOSRC.LOADDISK.Cam. CANON.MICRO 1.0 CANON.MIC Microcode support required for, and loaded by CANON.PAS. CAMD - NOSLOD.CMD Loads system floppies for nonsource systems. >UTILITY.NONBLOCK.PAS 1.0 CANONB.PAS PASCAL module to support memory bit image dump to CANON OTHERS.SOURCE - UTILITIES SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descript Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operating system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS  LBP-10. CANONUTILS.PAS 1.0 CANONU.PAS General utility routines for CANON. INFILE 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS Common system definitions. USERPASS.PAS 1.3 USERPA.PAS .PAS 1.0 INFILE.PAS High speed disk buffer reading support for CANON modules. CBT.PAS  Lookup user name/password pairs. UTILPROGRESS.PAS 1.16 UTILPR.PAS User for showing progre 1.0 CBT.PAS Test program for CANONBLOCK. >CANON.BINARY - CANON PRINTER BINARY FILss of utility programs. VIRTUAL.PAS 2.8 VIRTUA.PAS The Swapper. VRD.DFS 1.0 ES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. -----------: se the /SINGLESIDED switch. FAST: When issued as a command, FAST turns off requests fomultiple files, use the follow- ing construct: GET f1,f2,...fn~h1,h2,...hn r confirmation for all subse- quent commands except Format and Zero. Use  Like the COMPRESS command, GET takes the /VERIFY and /NOVERIFY switches. The  floppy, and then deletes the scratch files from the hard disk. To retain the scratch  - 29 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Floppy 05 Feb 82 the FAST comm files on the hard disk, specify the /NODE- LETE switch. By default, the Duplicate and only in conjunction with command files. FORMAT: This command formats a floppy disk  command creates a double-sided floppy. To override this and create a single-sided and destroys its current contents. The FORMAT command accepts the following switches floppy, you must specify the /SINGLESIDED switch. Remember that the blank floppy t: /DblDensity=Yes or No (default is no) /Noconfirm (override request) o be duplicated must have been formatted prior to invoking Duplicate. FLO /Singlesided=Yes or No (default is no) /Test=Yes or No (default is no) GPPYGET: This command copies the contents of a floppy disk to the hard disk. You can optionally ET: This command copies one or more floppy files to the hard disk. In its simplest  specify a hard disk file name. The Floppy- get command accepts the /SINGLESIDED switch  form, you specify only an input filename to copy from the floppy to the hard disk. GET  to permit you to specify a single-sided floppy. FLOPPYPUT: This command cop then copies the floppy file to the hard disk using the same filename. If the ies the disk files created by Floppyget onto a floppy disk. By de- fault, Floppyp filename already exists on the hard disk, GET requests confirmation before overwrit-ut deletes the disk files after copying them to the floppy. You can specify the  ing it. Other forms of the command permit you to name the hard disk file. F/NODELETE switch to override this action. For single-sided floppies, you must uor example: GET floppyfile~harddiskfile To specify : DETAILS.PAS 1.11 DETAIL.PAS Print system status information. EDITOR.PAS 2.0 EINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. DIT.PAS Editor main program. EDITORI.PAS 2.0 EDITI.PAS Editor initial---------------------------- :LINK 2.2 BYE BYE.SEG - BYE.SEG GOODBY.BIN -ization module. EDITORU.PAS 2.0 EDITU.PAS Editor utilities module. EDITORK.PAS 2. GOODBY.BIN :LINK 1.11 DETAILS DETAILS.SEG - DETAIL.SEG :LINK 2.0 0 EDITK.PAS Editor key-selection module. EDITORT.PAS 2.0 EDITT.PAS  EDITOR EDITOR.SEG - EDIT.SEG EDITORI.SEG - EDITI.SEG EDITORK.SEG - EDITK. Editor termination module. EDITORK.PARAS 2.0 EDITK.PAR Souce to generate .HELP files for ESEG EDITORU.SEG - EDITU.SEG EDITORT.SEG - EDITT.SEG :LINK 1.0 EXPANDTABS DITOR. EXPANDTABS.PAS 1.0 EXPAND.PAS Copy a text file and expand tabs to 8  EXPANDTABS.SEG - EXPAND.SEG :LINK 2.1 FINDSTRING FINDSTRING.SEG - FINDST.SEG : character columns. FINDSTRING.PAS 2.1 FINDST.PAS Searches files in directory for specified LINK 0.0 HELPGEN HELPGEN.SEG - HELPGE.SEG :LINK 4.4 MAKEBOOT MAKEBOOstring. GOODBY.MICRO 1.0 GOODBY.MIC Power down microcode. HELPGEN.PAS 0.0 HELT.SEG - MAKEBO.SEG :LINK 1.4 PATCH PATCH.SEG - PATCH.SEG :LINK PGE.PAS Get description from Fred. submitted 1/27 updated 1/30. MAKEBOOT.PAS 4.4 MAKEBO.PAS  1.3 PERQ.FILES PERQ.FILES.SEG - PERQFI.SEG :LINK 2.0 SETTIME SETTIME.SEG  Make SYSTEM.nn.BOOT files. PATCH.PAS 1.7 PATCH.PAS Program to peek - SETTIM.SEG :LINK 1.4 USERCONTROL USERCONTROL.SEG - USERCO.SEG and poke into files. PERQ.FILES.PAS 1.3 PERQFI.PAS Program to gobble this file. SETTIME.PAS >UTILITY.DEVICE.SOURCE - UTILITIES DEVICES file name version file name on floppy ---------- short descr 2.0 SETTIM.PAS Sets the system date and time. USERCONTROL.PAS 1.4 USERCO.PAS iption. --------------------------- CHATTER.PAS 0.6 CHATTE.PAS RS232 ion. ---------------------------- BYE.PAS 2.2 BYE.PAS Logoff.  Add/delete users from the password file. >UTILITY.OTHERS.BINARY - UTILITY OTHER B;  confirmation before overwriting an existing file on the floppy (override this es that all bytes are identical. You can specify multiple disk files (input awith /NOCONFIRM) and, like GET, accepts the /VERIFY and /NOVERIFY switches. rgu- ments) and multiple floppy files (output arguments) for the comparison. I QUIT: Exits the FLOPPY utility. RENAME: Changes the name of a floppy file. If the f you specify multiple arguments, you must sepa- rate like arguments by a comma new filename already exists, RENAME asks for confirmation before overwriting it.  (,) and delimit input form output arguments with an equal sign (=). COMPARE prints You can override this with the /NOCONFIRM switch. DENSITY: This command tells the a message for every block that contains a difference. ZERO: This command creates a new dide- fault is /VERIFY. The GET command requires confirmation be-  user whether the floppy is single or double density. TYPE: This command types a floppy  fore overwriting a file on the hard disk. You can specify the /NOCONFIRM switch to file on the screen. The "hand" cursor tells how much of file has been typed.  override this action. HELP: When issued as a command, HELP provides general inforWhen the Type command finds a formfeed character (^L) in the file, it waits aftmation for the FLOPPY utility. You can get specific help by using the /HELP switcer displaying a screenful of text. This enables the user to read the page befoh. Note that HELP and /HELP override any other commands or switches; FLOPPY dire the screen is erased and the next page displayed. To continue reading, typesplays the requested help and then reprompts. PUT: This command parallels the GET command ^Q. You can disable this wait feature by specifying the /NOWAIT switch. The Type co, but transfers a file or files from the hard disk to the floppy disk. PUT also rmmand displays a solid, left pointing triangle when it reaches the end of the file. equires - 30 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Floppy 05 Feb 82  COMPARE: This command takes a disk file and a floppy file (in that order) and ensur;  Program to set RS232 Baud rate. >UTILITY.DEVICE.BINARY - UTILITY DEVICE BINARY FILES file name version fiPrint a directory listing. DIRTREE.PAS 3.2 DIRTRE.PAS Display the directory structure of a le name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- partition as a tree. FIXPART.PAS 0.5 FIXPAR.PAS Fix smashed partitiondumb terminal program. FLOPPYCOPY.PAS 2.2 FLPCOP.PAS Floppydup part of floppy (formerly COPYFL :LINK 0.6 CHATTER CHATTER.SEG - CHATTE.SEG :LINK 3.OPPY). FLOPPY.PAS 3.2 FLOPPY.PAS Main program for general floppy utility FLOPPYDEFS.PAS 2 FLOPPY FLOPPY.SEG - FLOPPY.SEG FLOPPYDEFS.SEG - FLPDFS.SEG FLOPPYCOPY.SEG 2.1  0.0 FLPDEF.PAS Global defs for floppy FLOPPYUTILS.PAS 0.1 FLPUTI.PAS  FLPCOP.SEG FLOPPYUTILS.SEG 0.1 FLPUTI.SEG FLOPPYFORMAT.SEG 0.1 FLPFOR.SEG FLOPPYTRANSFERS.SEG 0.1 F Utility routines for floppy FLOPPYFORMAT.PAS 0.1 FLPFOR.PAS Diskette format routines for fLPTRA.SEG :LINK 4.6 FTP.SEG FTP.SEG - FTP.SEG FTPUTILS.SEG 4.3 FTPUTI.SEloppy (formerly module FORMAT). FTPUTILS.PAS 4.3 FTPUTILS.PAS UtilitieG FTPUSER.SEG 4.7 FTPUSE.SEG GETNETADDR.SEG 1.0 GETNET.SEG SAIL_STRING.SEG 2.4 SAILST.SEG s for file transfer module. FTPUSER.PAS 4.7 FTPUSE.PAS Implements all the commands. FTP.PA :LINK 2.13 PRINT PRINT.SEG - PRINT.SEG :LINK 0.0 SETBAUD SETBAUD.SS 4.6 FTP.PAS File transfer program. PRINT.PAS 2.13 PRINT.PAS EG - SETBAU.SEG >UTILITY.FILE.SOURCE - FILE SY Print a text file on an HP 7310A printer or through the TNW GPIB to RS232 converter. FLOPPYTRSTEM UTILITIES SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ANSFERS.PAS 0.1 FLPTRA.PAS Utility routines for floppy (formerly RT11 and RT11 ---------------------------- APPEND.PAS 3.1 APPEND.PAS Append a file to thUtils). GETNETADDR.PAS 1.0 GETNET.PAS Network name to address module. SAIL_STRING.PAS 2.e end of another. COPY.PAS 5.3 COPY.PAS Copy a file to another. DELETE.PAS 2.4 SAILST.PAS String Manipulation Package. SETBAUD.PAS 0.0 SETBAU.PAS 4 DELETE.PAS Delete a file or files. DIRECT.PAS 4.4 DIRECT.PAS < e the ZERO command after formatting a floppy (see the FLOPPY FORMAT command descriptmed with either machine taking the active role; the alternate scenarios are described below: 1. PERQ #1 takes the actiion in this section) or whenever you wish to destroy the current ve role and PERQ #2 is passive. They'll follow this script: PERQ #2: Runs FTP PERQ #1: Runs - 31 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Floppy 05 Feb 82 content of a floppy. FTP and then issues the next command PERQ #1: PUT SourceFile[~][DestinationFile] Both PERQs: #!#!#!#! Note that when you issue the ZERO command, you irrevocably destroy the current #!...#!#! (this appears on the screen as the file is being transferred con- tents.  and a "hand cursor" moves from top to bottom to show percentage  - 32 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - FTP 05 Feb 82  complete. When the hand cursor reaches the bottom, the transfer is  19. FTP The FTP utility copies files across either the RS232 link or the parallel line LINK to another PERQ ocomplete.) 2. PERQ #2 has the active role: PERQ #1: Runs FTP PERQ #2: Runs FTP and then issr any other computer that supports the FTP protocol. You can also use FTP to transfer files across an ETHERNET connectiues the next command PERQ #2: GET DestinationFile[~][SourceFile] Both PERQs: #!#!#!#!...#! rectory on the floppy. By default, the directory matches the number of sides on the on. The command line is: FTP [command][/switch(es)] To use the RS232 line, the two machines must be connecfloppy. You can override this by specifying the /SINGLE- SIDED switch. The Zerted by an RS232 cable, which goes into their RS232 ports (located between the cables for the display and keyboard in the loo command always requests confirmation before creating the directory. You can ower lefthand corner of the back of the PERQ). To use the parallel line, the two machines must be connected by a LINK cableverride this only by specifying the /NOCONFIRM switch. In the process of creating , which plugs into the I/O option board on a PERQ. Once the connection is established, each machine must run the FTP progthe new directory, the ZERO command destroys the contents of the current floppy. Usram. Its prompt is FTP>. You can enter commands directly to FTP or use the pop-up menu. The transfer may be perfor<  - COPY.SEG :LINK 2.4 DELETE DELETE.SEG - DELETE.SEG :LINK 4.4E.2 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.QCODE.3 -  DIRECT DIRECT.SEG - DIRECT.SEG :LINK 2.1 DIRTREE DIRTREE.SEG - DIR QCODE.3 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 3). PERQ.QCODE.4 TRE.SEG :LINK 0.4 FIXPART FIXPART.SEG - FIXPAR.SEG :LINK 1.3 MAKEDIR  - QCODE.4 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 4). PERQ.QCOD MAKEDIR.SEG - MAKEDI.SEG :LINK 3.1 PARTITION PARTITION.SEG - PARTIT.SEG :LE.5 - QCODE.5 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 5). PINK 5.3 RENAME RENAME.SEG - RENAME.SEG :LINK 3.2 SCAVENGER SCAVENGEERQ.QCODE.6 - QCODE.6 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part or disk information blocks. MAKEDIR.PAS 2.2 MAKEDI.PAS Make directories. PARTITION.PAS R.SEG - SCAVEN.SEG :LINK 1.2 SETSEARCH SETSEARCH.SEG - SETSEA.SEG :LINK  3.2 PARTIT.PAS Initialize partitions on disks. RENAME.PAS 5.3 RENAME.PAS  4.2 TYPEFILE TYPEFILE.SEG - TYPEFI.SEG >MICROCODE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file n Change the name of a file. SCAVENGER.PAS 3.2 SCAVEN.PAS Analyze and reconstrucame version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------t disks and directories. DIRSCAVENGE.PAS - DIRSCA.PAS Reconstruct directories. SETSEARCH.PAS------- PERQ.MICRO 2.4 PERQ.MIC Perq Q-code interpreter microcode.  1.3 SETSEA.PAS Change search lists TYPEFILE.PAS 4.2 TYPEFI.PAS  PERQ.DFS 1.4 PERQ.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and ent Type file to the console. >UTILITY.FILE.BINARY - UTILITY FILE SEG FILES file name rypoints used by Perq.Micro and other microprograms. PERQ.QCODES.DFS - QCODES.DFS  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LIN Definitions of QCode instruction names and numbers. PERQ.QCODE.1 - QCODE.1 K 2.1 APPEND APPEND.SEG - APPEND.SEG :LINK 5.3 COPY COPY.SEG  Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.QCODE.2 - QCOD=  MODE mode (can be PERQ, VAX-11, or PDP-11; default is PERQ) BAUD baud rate (initially set other commands and the PERQ operating system. When issued without an argument, a message describing the PERQ and thet to 9600) - 33 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - FTP 05 Feb 8 use of PopUp menus is displayed. When an argument is included, information about the program specified by the argument w2 DEVICE line (either RS232, LINK, or ETHERNET) You can specify HELP whenever FTP requests input. You canill be displayed. The HELP key or the Help command without an argument gets you to the help utility, if available.  call FTP with one command line. For example, you can specify: FTP GET DestinationFile Control is returnThe help utility erases the screen and then prints a list of all commands for which help exists. Type one of these names ed to the command interpreter Shell after that one command is executed. Additionally, you can specify the MODE, BAUD, and D (or use the pop-up menu to specify one). The specific help is then printed for that command. EVICE commands as switches to the GET or PUT commands. For example: FTP GET file/Mode=PDP-11/BAUD=1200/DEVICE - 35 - PERQ Utility Programs Ma=RS232 The FTP command also accepts a switch that permits you to specify whether or not the file to transfer is a text fnual - Linker 05 Feb 82 21. Linker The Linker takes compiler-generated .Seg files as its inpile; specify /TEXT for text files and /NOTEXT for other files. Sometimes the BitPad and pen can cause problems with file tut and produces a runfile with a .Run extension. The runfile is created by linking together all of the separately compiled mransfers. If you encounter any problems, unplug the pen or move it away from the BitPad. If an FTP transfer fails, the cuodules that make up a program. The command line takes the form: LINK Source{,Source}[~runfile]{/switch} Examrrent transfer aborts and FTP waits for another command (or exits if invoked with a command line). However, if FTP wples of valid command lines include LINK Program where Program.Seg is the output of a compilation as invoked from a command file and the transfer fails, it restarts the transfer and repeatedly tries again until it succeeds LINK Program1, Program2 where Program1.seg and Program2.seg are compiler output fil (same as above) The passive PERQ polls implicitly while the active machine processes the transfer. The vali. - 34 - PERQ Utility Programs d commands for FTP are: GET SourceFile[~][DestinationFile] PUT SourceFile[~][DestinationFile] Manual - Help 05 Feb 82 20. Help The Help command is used to display helpful information abou=  LINE.MIC Line drawing microcode. IO.MICRO 1.10 IO.MIC Input/ou ETHER1.MIC 10 MBaud ethernet microcode. >MICROCODE.MORE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name tput microcode. IO.DFS 1.5 IO.DFS Definitions of registers, constants, and  version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- entrypoints used by IO.Micro and other microprograms. IOE3.MICRO 1.2 IOE3.MIC  ETHER10.BINARY 4.0 ETHER1.BIN >MICROCODE.SUPPORT.SOURCE - MICROCODE SUPPORT SOURCES  Microcode to drive the 3MBaud EtherNet. VFY.MICRO 1.8 VFY.MIC Verify file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ------- that the hardware seems to work. SYSB.MICRO 2.5 SYSB.MIC System boot microcode. BOOT.MIC--------------------- MICROOPTION.PAS 1.0 MICROO.PAS Option processor for PrqMic and PrqPlaceRO 4.0 BOOT.MIC Boot-prom microcode. KRNL.MICRO 1.2 KRNL.MIC . ODTPRQ.PAS 8.0 ODTPRQ.PAS Simple Perq to Perq microcode debugger. ODTUTILS.PAS  Perq microcode kernel. LINK.MICRO 1.2 LINK.MIC 16-bit parallel interface microcode- ODTUTI.PAS Utility routines for ODTPRQ ODTDUMP.PAS - ODTDUM.PAS . >MICROCODE.BINARY - MICROCODE BIN FILES file name version f The ODTPRQ dump subsystem. PRQDIS.PAS 1.2 PRQDIS.PAS Perq microcode disassembler. P 6). PERQ.QCODE.7 - QCODE.7 Opcode interpreter routines for Perq.Micro ile name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- PERQ.BIN  (part 7). PERQ.FLOAT.MUL _ FLOAT.MUL Special multiply for floating point. PERQ.ROUTINE. 2.4 PERQ.BIN IO.BIN 1.10 IO.BIN VFY.BIN 1.8 VFY.BIN SYSB.BIN 2.5 1 - ROUTIN.1 Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 1). PERQ.ROUTINE.2 - ROUTIN.2  SYSB.BIN BOOT.BIN 4.0 BOOT.BIN KRNL.BIN 1.2 KRNL.BIN LINK.BIN 1.2 LIN Subroutines for Perq.Micro (part 2). PERQ.INIT - PERQ.INI InitializatK.BIN >MICROCODE.MORE.SOURCE - MICROCODE SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- ion for Perq.Micro. RO.MICRO 0.6 RO.MIC Raster-op microcode. LINE.MICRO 1.1  short description. ---------------------------- ETHER10.MICRO 4.0 >  "LOGIN.42"), then the Linker uses the number as the version number. This can b - 37 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Login 05 Feb 82 22. Login Login initiatees. The output will be Program1.Run. LINK Program1, Program2~Program0/VERBOSE where Program1.Seg e overridden by using /VERSION=nn switch. A word about versions. Every system has a version number. Whand Program2.Seg are com- piled .Seg files and ProgramO.run is to be the runfile. The VERBOSE swen you create a new system, you also should use a new system version - 36 - Pitch specifies that the name of each import module is to be listed. Any number of source files can be listedERQ Utility Programs Manual - Linker 05 Feb 82 number. You then have to relink all the runfiles.  separated by commas. The switches currently available are: /MAP=name -creates a map file. If you don't specify aThis insures that the programs execute correctly with the new system. In order to prevent confusion, we have put the syste name after the equal sign, the MAP file will have the same name as the runfile wim version number into the name of certain critical system runfiles: Link, Shell, Login, and System (e.g. Login.5.run). Whth a .Map extension. A map file contains a listing showing placement and size of en you link a file, it looks up the system run file based on the version in use. If no version is specified, it uses  the code and data segments of the program as well as other linkage details. Thusthe current system version (which is displayed at the top of the screen when in the Shell). If a version is specifi, map files are useful in debugging user pro- grams. /USER -this ed, a system run file with that number is used to resolve references to system routines. If the /SYSTEM switch is usis the default. It specifies that the program being linked is a user program. Theed, however, no run file is looked for since a new system run file is created. The syntax for creating a system run file i opposite is /SYSTEM. /VERBOSE -lists the imports of each module as the module is being prs: LINK SYSTEM~SYSTEM.NewNumber/SYSTEM/VERSION=NewNumber where the /VERSION switch is optional. To create runfilocessed. /SYSTEM -specifies that this is a system program. /VERSION=nn -links the program with the veres for a new system, you link using the VERSION switch after making the system runfile. It's done like this: LINK FileSpsion of the system specified by "nn". If the run file name ends in a number (e.g.,ecification/VERSION=NewNumber > de assembler. PMEGEN.PAS - PMEGEN.PAS Program to create PRQMIC.ERROR from PRQMIC.ERR.TEXirks, bugs, and oddities in the operating system. FILE.FORMAT - FILE.FOR T. PRQMIC.ERR.TEXT - PRQERR.TXT Source for PRQMIC.ERROR (error message text). >MICROCODE Describe source file format for Perq software. FILES.DOC - FILES.DOC File system .SUPPORT.BINARY - MICROCODE SUPPORT SEG FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- shuser's manual. MICRO.DOC D.6 MICRO.DOC Microprogrammer's guide. MAKESYSTEM.DOC - ort description. ---------------------------- MICROOPTION.SEG 1.0 MICROO.SEG PRQPL_SORT.SEG  MAKESY.DOC How to make a new version of the operating system. PASCAL.DOC  2.0 PRQPLS.SEG :LINK 2.8 PRQMIC PRQMIC.SEG - PRQMIC.SEG PRQMIC.ERROR -  D.6 PASCAL.DOC Pascal extensions. PERQ_Z80.DOC - PERQZ8.DOC  PRQMIC.ERR :LINK 2.5 PRQPLACE PRQPLACE.SEG - PRQPLA.SEG :LINK 1.2  Description of PERQ/Z80 protocol. QCODE.DOC D.6 QCODE.DOC QCode reference manual SEGM PRQDIS PRQDIS.SEG - PRQDIS.SEG :LINK 8.0 ODTPRQ ODTPRQ.SEG - ODTPRQ.ENT.DOC - SEGMEN.DOC Segment file format. SETBAUD.DOC - SETBAU.DOC SEG ODTUTILS.SEG - ODTUTI.SEG ODTDUMP.SEG - ODTDUM.SEG ODT13.KST - ODT13.KST User Information for program to set RS232 Baud rate. >DOCUMENTATI >DOCUMENTATION-1 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy --------- short dON-2 - DOCUMENTATION file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. escription. ---------------------------- EDITOR.DOC - EDITOR.DOC  ---------------------------- UTILITIES.DOC D.6 UTILIT.DOC Utility program m Editor quick guide. EDITORK.DOC 2.0 EDITK.DOC Editor User's Guide. EXAMPLES.DOC Danual. INTRO.DOC D.6 INTRO.DOC Operating system user's short guide. PERQ.FILES RQPL_SORT.PAS 2.0 PRQPLS.PAS Sorting routines for PrqPlace. PRQPLACE.PAS 2.5 PRQP.6 EXAMPL.DOC Examples of Interesting system commands. FAULT.DOC D.6 FAULT.DOC LA.PAS Perq microcode placer. PRQMIC.PAS 2.8 PRQMIC.PAS Perq microco Fault dictionary for the diagnostic display. FEATURES.DOC - FEATUR.DOC Qu?  specify the switch multiple times, only the last one has an effect. /SETSEArsor hides image 5 - white on black, white cursor hides RCH=pathname Pushes pathname onto the search list. The effect of this swit image 6 - black on white, cursor inverts 7 - white on blach is cumulative; if you specify the switch multiple times, you add additick, cursor inverts If you like white letters on a black background, use onal items to the search list. If the argument is a minus sign (-), the lCURSORFUNCTION 5. The default value is 4. /SCREENBOTTOM=option s a user's session at a PERQ. It is called automatic- ally when the PERQ is booted or when a user logs off using the BYE coast path is popped from the list. Note that the last item specified is thmmand. It can also be called explicitly by a user. At boot time, Login asks for the date, time, your name, and pase head of the searchlist and the first item specified is the end of the lisword. When you invoke Login, it asks for your name and password. Login prompts you with the format it wants these ist. /CURSORFUNCTION=n Sets the default cursor function. Since thn. It can be called explicitly with the command line: LOGIN [UserName][/switch(es)] and will prompt you withe cursor function determines the screen color also, this switch can be use the information it wants. Login searches the System.Users file for the given user-name and validates the password. Td to set the default screen color. Valid cursor functions are the integers he UserControl program (see below) main- tains the System.Users file. If the user has a profile, it is read to find paramete 0 through 7 inclusive. The integers signify the following: 0 - screenrs to set up the PERQ for the user. The Login command line may include switches. You can also include Login switches in a is all white - 38 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Login 05 Fe #Login section of your profile. The following describes the valid Login switches: /PATH=pathname b 82 1 - only cursor displays 2 - white on black, cursor is large squa Sets the default path to pathname. The /PATH switch is not cumulative, if you re 3 - black on white, cursor is large square 4 - black on white, black cu?  LOOP.MIC Simple tests that repeat--allowing probing of boards. LOW.MICRO e data suspicious raster-op test. REGT.MICRO 1.1 REGT.MICRO SHIFT.MICRO 1.0 SHIFT.MIC  - PERQ.FIL This list. PERQ.FILES.LABELS - PERQFI.LAB Masters for  1.0 LOW.MIC Test for stuck bits in the low bank of the microstore. MEM.labels on Perq.Files floppies. >DOCUMENTATION-3 - DOCUMENTATION file name versionMICRO 2.0 MEM.MIC Dual addressing test of the memory. NEXTOP.MICRO 1.1 NEXTO file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- POS.DOC P.MIC NextOp diagnostic. Register diagnostic. NXTI.MICRO 1.1 NXTI.MIC D.6 POS.DOC Operating system interface guide.  NextInst diagnostic. PART.MICRO 1.1 PART.MIC Memory Parity diagnos >TEST.SOURCE - TEST PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy ---------tic. PBT.MICRO 1.1 PBT.MIC Pre-boot diagnostic. PDM.PAS 0.4 PDM.PAS  short description. ---------------------------- CHARS.PAS 1.1 CHARS.PAS  Perq diagnostic monitor. PDM2.PAS - PDM2.PAS PDM 2nd module. PDC Screen magnifier. CROSSHATCH.PAS 0.2 CROSSH.PAS Put crosshatch or checkerboOMMON.PAS - PDCOMM.PAS PDM/PDS common definitions. PDMUTILS.PAS - PDMUTI.PASard on display screen. DISPATCH.MICRO 1.1 DISPAT.MIC Dispatch diagnostic. PDM utility routines. PDMLOAD.PAS - PDMLOD.PAS PDM Pascal program  DTST.MICRO 1.2 DTST.MIC Disk test microcode. DUAL.MICRO 1.0 DUAL.MIC loader. PDM.MAS - PDM.MAS PDM master file for current diagnostics. PDS.PAS  Microstore dual address test. HIGH.MICRO 1.0 HIGH.MIC Test for stuck bit - PDS.PAS Perq diagnostic slave. PDM.HELP - PDM.HELP s in the high bank of the microstore. JUMP.MICRO 1.0 JUMP.MIC Test mPDM help file. PDM.MICRO - PDM.MIC Pseudo PDS microcode example. PDMVFY.MICRO icrocode jumps. KEYTEST.PAS 1.5 KEYTST.PAS Keyboard test program. LOOP.MICRO 0.01.1 PDMVFY.MIC PDM version of VFY. RAT.MICRO 1.3 RAT.MIC Sourc@ he keyboard. /SHELL=filename Specify an alternate command ete description of the MakeBoot program.  interpreter to run instead of the Shell. This is an aid in debugging a new or  - 41 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - MakeDir 05 Feb 82 24. user written command line interpreter. /PROFILE=filename Specifies MakeDir MakeDir creates a new empty directory. Its command line is: MAKEDIR [FileSpecification] where  a file (filename) to execute as the profile file. /HELP DisplayFileSpecification is the name for the new directory. If you do not specify the name you will be prompted for it. s a brief explanation of the Login Utility. A sample profile for login might be: #Login  All directories have a .Dr extension; MakeDir will provide this automat- ically if you do not specify it. MakeDir will n/Path=Sys:User>MyName> /SetSearch=Sys:Boot>Library> /SetSearch=Sys:Part3>Alt7> /Curot accept as its parameter the name ROOT or the name of any extant file that has a .Dr extension; it will print an error messsorFunction=4 - 39 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Login 05 age if you pass it such a name. See the PERQ Introductory User Manual for more information on files and directories.  Sets the default parameters for the bottom of the screen when you change Feb 82 Note that the command names in the profile can be abbreviated. Additional documentation for Login can be fthe screen size with a ScreenSize command (see below). Valid options foround in the section "Turning on the PERQ" in the PERQ Introductory User Manual.  this command are: ON - displays bits stored in area OFF - bottom is all - 40 - PERQ Utility Pro one color WHITE - bottom matches background BLACK - bottom is opposite cograms Manual - MakeBoot 05 Feb 82 23. MakeBoot MakeBoot writes boot files onto hard disk and lor of background /COMMAND=string Execute the specified string afloppy disk. It is self-prompting. Its command line is: MAKEBOOT [RunFile] See the section "Booting the Ms the first Shell command after login and before accepting commands from tachine" in the PERQ Introductory User Manual for more details on booting. The manual How to Make a New System gives compl@  2.0 MEM.BIN NEXTOP.BIN 1.1 NEXTOP.BIN NXTI.BIN 1.1 NXTI.BIN PART.BIN  file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------1.1 PART.BIN PBT.BIN 1.1 PBT.BIN RAT.BIN 1.3 RAT.BIN REGT.BIN 1.1 R------------------- :LINK 6.0 PASCAL PASCAL.SEG - PASCAL.SEG COMPINIT.SEG - EGT.BIN SHIFT.BIN 1.1 SHIFT.BIN STACK.BIN 1.0 STACK.BIN TST.BIN 1.1 TST.BIN COMPIN.SEG CODEGEN.SEG - CODEGE.SEG DECPART.SEG - DECPAR.SEG BODYPART.SEG -  :LINK 2.1 TESTFLOPPY TESTFLOPPY.SEG - TSTFPY.SEG >PASCAL.SOURCE - PASCAL COMPILER SOUR BODYPA.SEG EXPEXPR.SEG - EXPEXP.SEG PASCAL.SYNTAX - PASCAL.SYN PASCAL.RESWORDS -  Test of the shift hardware. STACK.MICRO 1.0 STACK.MIC 20-bit, 16-level stack teCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. ---st. TESTFLOPPY.PAS 2.1 TSTFPY.PAS Test and format floppies.(formerly FLOPPY) TST.MICRO ------------------------- PASCAL.PAS 6.0 PASCAL.PAS Pascal compiler global definitions.  1.1 TST.MIC Pre-Boot diagnostic.  PAS0.PAS - PAS0.PAS PAS1.PAS - PAS1.PAS PAS2.PAS - PAS2.PAS QCODES >TEST.BINARY - TEST PROGRAM SEG, RUN, AND BIN FILES file name version file name on .DFS - QCODES.DFS Q-Code const definitions. COMPINIT.PAS - COMPIN.PAS floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- :LINK 1.1  Initialization. CODEGEN.PAS - CODEGE.PAS Code generator. DECPART.PAS  CHARS CHARS.SEG - CHARS.BIN :LINK 0.2 CROSSHATCH CROSSHATCH.SEG - CROS - DECPAR.PAS Declaration processor. DEC0.PAS - DEC0.PAS DEC1.PAS SH.SEG DISPATCH.BIN 1.1 DISPAT.BIN DTST.BIN 1.2 DTST.BIN DUAL.BIN 1.0 DUAL.BIN - DEC1.PAS DEC2.PAS - DEC2.PAS BODYPART.PAS - BODYPA.PAS  HIGH.BIN 1.0 HIGH.BIN JUMP.BIN 1.0 JUMP.BIN :LINK 1.5 KEYTEST KEYTES Procedure/function/program body processor. BODY0.PAS - BODY0.PAS BODY1.PAS - BODY1.PAS T.SEG - KEYTST.SEG LOOP.BIN 0.0 LOOP.BIN LOW.BIN 1.0 LOW.BIN MEM.BIN BODY2.PAS - BODY2.PAS BODY3.PAS - BODY3.PAS >PASCAL.BINARY - PASCAL COMPILER SEG FILES A s are: MOUNT H[ARDDISK] and MOUNT F[LOPPY] Note that these are the forms to use no matter what the name y Programs Manual - Partition 05 Feb 82 27. Partition Partition creates new partitions on a devdevices were given when partitioned. The device that was booted from is mounted automatically by the system. _____ __ ice (such as hard disk or floppy). It can also be used to modify the names and sizes of existing partitions. Creating _____ ___ _________ Notes on Mount and Dismount: __________ 1. It is imperative that you dismount Fia new partition destroys all old data in the area where the partition is made. The device should first be formatted before leSystem (as opposed to FLOPPY) floppies before you remove them from the floppy drive. If you fail to do this, using Partition. After formatting, Partition is the first program to run. Its command line is: PARTITION Ththe next floppy put into the drive may be overwritten and the fileSystem floppy is also likely to be corrupted. e program is self-prompting. Refer to "Partitions and the Partition Program" in PERQ File System Utilities Manual befo 2. Floppies written with the FLOPPY program cannot be mounted or dismounted. 3. A device may be mountere using it. d more than once. 4. It's a bad idea to dismount the device you're running from. If you do, the system will not - 45 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Patch 05 Feb 82 28. Patch Patch allows you to  be able to find the Shell. - 43 - examine and modify the contents of a disk file. To run it, type: PATCH [filename] If you have not specifi PERQ Utility Programs Manual - ODTPRQ 05 Feb 82 26. ODTPRQ ODTPRQ is a simple debugger for ed a filename or if the specified file does not exist, PATCH prompts for the filename. When it has a valid file, it prommicrocode and new operating systems. ODTPRQ runs on a PERQ other than the one that is being debugged. It communicates througpts with: Read Block [0]? Type return to look at the block number in brackets or type a new block number.  - 42 - PERQ Utilih a Link board that is plugged into the I/O option slot in the card cage. ODTPRQ has an online help facility. The ODTPty Programs Manual - Mount 05 Feb 82 25. Mount The Mount command is used to attach devicesRQ command line is: ODTPRQ [StateFileName] where StateFileName is the name of a State File.  to the filesystem. Devices must be mounted before files on them can be accessed by the fileSystem. The two Mount command - 44 - PERQ UtilitA  1.0 FSYNTA.PAS Program to generate PASCAL.SYNTAX from SYNTAX.DAT. SYNTACREENDUMP.PAS 0.0 SCRDMP.PAS Print an image of the screen to an HP 7310A X.DAT - SYNTAX.DAT Error message data file. QDIS.PAS 2.0 QDIS.PAS printer. SEISMO.PAS - SEISMO.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder display. SKETCH.PAS  Q-Code disassembler. Also needs QCODES.PAS. FQCODES.PAS 1.0 FQCODE.PAS Pro - SKETCH.PAS Sketch on the screen using the tablet. >DEMO.BINARY - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SEG gram to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. QCODES.DAT - QCODES.DAT Q-Code name data file. FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description. - FRESWORDS.PAS 1.0 FRESWO.PAS Program to generate QCODES from QCODES.DAT. RESWORDS.DAT --------------------------- :LINK - KAL KAL.SEG - KAL.SEG :LINK -  - RESWOR.DAT Q-Code name data file. LEX.PAS 0.0 LEX.PAS  KINETIC KINETIC.SEG - KINETI.SEG :LINK - LIFE LIFE.SEG - LIFELexical scanner for compiler. >DEMO.SOURCE - DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM SOURCES file name .SEG :LINK - LINE LINE.SEG - LINE.SEG :LINK - PETAL PETAL.SE PASCAL.RES LEX.SEG 0.0 LEX.SEG FQCODES.SEG 1.0 FQCODE.SEG FRESWORDS.SEG 1.0 FREversion file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- KAL.SWO.SEG FSYNTAX.SEG 1.0 FSYNTA.SEG :LINK 2.0 QDIS QDIS.SEG - QDIS.SEG PAS - KAL.PAS Kaleidoscope display. KINETIC.PAS - KINETI.PAS QCODES - QCODES >PASCAL.MORE.SOURCE - MORE PASCAL COMPILER SOURCES file name versi Demonstrate random raster-ops. LIFE.PAS - LIFE.PAS The game of life. LIon file name on floppy --------- short description. ---------------------------- EXPEXPR.PNE.PAS - LINE.PAS Line drawing display. PETAL.PAS - PETAL.PAS AS - EXPEXP.PAS Expression expansion. EXPR0.PAS - EXPR0.PAS EXPR1.PAS Cycloid drawing display. MULDIV.PAS - MULDIV.PAS Double precision multip - EXPR1.PAS EXPR2.PAS - EXPR2.PAS EXPR3.PAS - EXPR3.PAS FSYNTAX.PAS ly and divide for Petal. SLEEP.PAS - SLEEP.PAS Sleep for a specified period of time. SB  You can also type HELP for some online documentation that describes the commands you can use. When you ask to read a block - 47 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Pause 05 Feb 82 30. Pause Pause ca, Patch displays it byte by byte or word by word on your screen in 32-rows. You can reference each byte with the indices 0 n be used to suspend the execution of a command file and wait for user confirmation before proceeding. It takes a message a to 511. Patch permits you to make temporary or permanent changes to your file. To access all hard disk blocks, you cans a parameter, prints it on the screen, and then waits for a carriage return on the keyboard before continuing. This command patch the SYS: file. - 46 -  can be given by the user, but it is most useful in command files when some user action is required before proceeding, e.g., PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Path 05 Feb 82 29. Path Your "path" is the directory yo changing floppies. u are currently using. To find named files, the system will first look in this directory and then in directories specifi - 48 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - PERQ.Files 05 Feb 82 31. PERQ.Files ed in your search list. (See SetSearch below). New files are created in this directory if a different one is not specifi Part of the documentation for each PERQ operating system is a file called PERQ.Files which describes all the files ined. The Path command changes the current directory. The command line is: PATH [pathname] Path does not af the system and states which part of the system they are in. The PERQ.Files program is used to list portions of the PERQ.fect the search list. If Path is called without an argument, it prints the current path. A new path can then be typed or CaFiles text file and to make command files. Run the program by typing: PERQ.Files and type "Help" when you arrriage Return to exit without changing the path. The final ">" of a directory name is optional for the path command so "Path e prompted. The program types out a comprehensive description on how to use the program.  Foo" changes the path to the directory foo.Dr. Path will print an error message if you try to Path to a nonexistant dir - 49 - PERQ Utility Programs Manualectory. If you attempt to set a Path from which the Shell cannot be accessed (which can happen if you change the SearchList - Print 05 Feb 82 32. Print Print prints files to a GPIB printer. Its command line is: ), Path requires confirma- tion.  PRINT [FileSpecification] If the FileSpecification is omitted, you will be prompted for one. If the printeB  - SIGGRAPH 80 DEMONSTRATION SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short descr.PAS - FONTST.PAS Load and unload fonts for Just. >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.BINARY - SIGGRAPH 80 Diption. ---------------------------- INITDEMO.PAS - INITD.PAS EMONSTRATION BINARY FILES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  Initialize the demo. PETALDEMO.PAS - PETALD.PAS Cycloid drawing display.  ---------------------------- :LINK - INITDEMO INITDEMO.SEG - INITD.SLINEDEMO.PAS - LINED.PAS Line drawing display. LIFEDEMO.PAS - LIFED.PAS EG :LINK - PETALDEMO PETALDEMO.SEG - PETALD.SEG :LINK - LINEDEMO  The game of life. SEISDEMO.PAS - SEISD.PAS Multi-pen chart recorder disLINEDEMO.SEG - LINED.SEG :LINK - LIFEDEMO LIFEDEMO.SEG - LIFED.SEG :LINK play. GETSAVE.PAS - GETSAV.PAS Get display from file to screen or save from  - SEISDEMO SEISDEMO.SEG - SEISD.SEG :LINK - GETSAVE GETSAVE.SEG  screen to file. CREATEWIN.PAS - CREWIN.PAS Create entry in Screen package's window - GETSAV.SEG :LINK - CREATEWIN CREATEWIN.SEG - CREWIN.SEG :LINK  table. SLIDER.PAS - SLIDER.PAS Slide a window from one position to another on  - SLIDER SLIDER.SEG - SLIDER.SEG :LINK - JUST JUST.SEG -  the screen. JUST.PAS - JUST.PAS Justify text with various fonts in a windJUST.SEG :LINK - WIPEWIN WIPEWIN.SEG - WIPWIN.SEG :LINK - SNOOZE ow. WIPEWIN.PAS - WIPWIN.PAS Wipe a picture into a window. SNOOZE.PAS -  SNOOZE.SEG - SNOOZE.SEG WINDOWLIB.SEG - WINLIB.SEG SIGUTILS.SEG - SIGUTI.SEG FG - PETAL.SEG MULDIV.SEG - MULDIV.SEG SLEEP.SEG - SLEEP.SEG :LINK  SNOOZE.PAS Pause for a specified period of time. Modules for SigGraph demo: MulDi 0.0 SCREENDUMP SCREENDUMP.SEG - SCRDMP.SEG :LINK - SEISMO SEISMO.SEG v, Sleep, WindowLib, SigUtils, FontStuff. WINDOWLIB.PAS - WINLIB.PAS  - SEISMO.SEG :LINK - SKETCH SKETCH.SEG - SKETCH.SEG >DEMO.SIGGRAPH.SOURCE Window routine library. SIGUTILS.PAS - SIGUTI.PAS SigGraph 80 demo utilities. FONTSTUFFC lacer. It takes the output from the microassembler, PRQMic, and produces a file (with extension .BIN) that can be loaded iof that routine's Q-code translation. Step 5 can be repeated indefinitely. nto the PERQ microstore. The PERQ Microprogram- mers Guide has details on the use of PRQPlace.  - 53 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Rename 05 Feb 82 36. Rena - 52 - PERQ Utility me Typing the command line: RENAME SourceFile[~]DestinationFile will change the name of SourceFile tor is connected to the RS232 port, Print requires Z80 PROMs version 8.5 (or higher) for proper operation. These two PROMs arePrograms Manual - QDis 05 Feb 82 35. QDis QDis is a disassembler for Q-Code. It decodes a located on the "IO" board (red color-coded) and are labeled with the version number. The PROM versions are not relevant  .Seg file into Q-code. The command line: QDIS causes the following sequence: 1. The program if the printer is connected to the GPIB (IEEE-488) port; Print operates correctly. Contact Three Rivers field service identifies itself as QCode Disassembler. 2. You are then prompted for an input file. Type the name of department to ex- change earlier PROM versions. Print expects to find the printer at GPIB address one (1). the program or module you want disassembled. (Since the input to QDis is a .Seg file, the input file m - 50 - PERQ Utility Prograust have been compiled.) You needn't specify .Seg but must specify extension if it is anything else. 3. ms Manual - PRQMic 05 Feb 82 33.PRQMic PRQMic is the PERQ microcode assembler. It takes Next, you are prompted for an output file. The default is CONSOLE: . 4. QDis displays a list of the p a microcode source program (whose extension is .MICRO), and produces output that can be used as input to the microplacrogram's routines and the following information about each: Routine name Routiner, PRQPlace. The PERQ Microprogrammers Guide has details on how to write microprograms and how to use PRQMic. e number Lexical level Parameter size Result + Parameter size  - 51 -  Local + Temporary size Entry address Exit address 5. QDis next will ask you whic PERQ Utility Programs Manual - PRQPlace 05 Feb 82 34.PRQPlace PRQPlace is the PERQ microcode ph routine you'd like to see disassembled. Type in a routine number; the program then types a listing C ONTSTUFF.SEG - FONTST.SEG FEATURES.SLIDE - FEATUR.SLI SOFTWARE.SLIDE - SOFTWA.SLI NETa maze and runs a mouse through it GENMAZE.PAS - GENMAZ.PAS Creates a well-formed random WORK.SLIDE - NETWOR.SLI UCODE.SLIDE - UCODE.SLI IO.SLIDE - IO.SLI 3RCC.SLIDEmaze. MAZEPLAYER.PAS - MAZEPL.PAS Used by Maze to allow user to try to  - 3RCC.SLI JUST.DEMO - JUST.DEM GRAPH.PIC - GRAPH.PIC 3RCC.PIC  get through the maze  - 3RCC.PIC BLANK.PIC - BLANK.PIC WASHDC.PIC - WASHDC.PIC NGR13.KST - NGR13.KST MET22.KST - MET22.KST DEMO - DEMO DEMO1.CMD - DEMO1.CMD >PERQFILE.USERLIBRARY - USER LIBRARY SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- u a warning if you attempt to push something onto the first slot or pop something off the last. In addition, when you t short description. ---------------------------- CURSDESIGN.PAS 1.0 CURSDE.PAS ry to exit, SetSearch checks to make sure that the Shell can be found with the new search list and path. If not, you ar Program used to design new cursors. FONTED.PAS - FONTED.PAS Program use asked for confirmation before exiting. ed to create new fonts. FONT2ED.PAS - FONT2E.PAS Part of Fonted. FONTED.CURSOR -  - 62 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - SetTime 05 Feb 82 43. SetTime The FONTED.CUR File of pictures needed by the font editor. DR.MEMORY.PAS - DRMEMO.PAS  SetTime command allows you to specify the date and time. Specify the time and date as follows: DD MMM YY HH:M Peek and poke into the memory manager tables. TD.PAS - TD.PAS M:SS The time notation uses a 24 hour clock and the seconds are optional. An example command line which sets the date to Jun Demo of Grapics TD1.PAS - TD1.PAS Part of TD TD2.PAS e 3, 1955 and the time to 3:30 PM folllows: SetTime 3 Jun 55 15:30 SetTime permits you to change only the time;  - TD2.PAS Another part of TD MAZE.PAS - MAZE.PAS Draws if you omit the date, you correct the time. D "FOOZAP.ABCD" would be renamed to the new file "anotherdir>ZAPbaz.rmnDz". If wild cards are used, Rename asks for verifiitch "/NOCONFIRM" or enabled using the switch "/CONFIRM". /NOCONFIRM also sets /NOASK. If an error is discovered and wcation of each file renamed. This can be disabled with the switch "/NOASK" or enabled with the switch "/ASK." The defaulild cards were used, Rename asks the user whether to continue processing the rest of the files that match the input. Thist is enabled. Wild cards are not allowed in the directory part of the source file. When the source file name contains n confirmation is required no matter what switches were specified. A final switch is "/HELP" which describes the function of o wild cards, the destination file name may contain, at most, one occurance of the wild card "*". In this case, the non-direRename and the various switches. ctory part of the source replaces the "*" in the destination. For example, RENAME sys:Boot>newOS>myprog.Pas di - 55 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - ReRun 05 Feb 82 37. ReRun r3>new.* would rename the file "sys:Boot>newOS>myprog.Pas" to a new file named "dir3>new.myProg.Pas". This is most uReRun is a convenient method to reexecute the default file remember- ed by the Shell and supply new arguments to the run DestinationFile. You can rename a file from one directory to another (move the file) as long as both directories are in theseful when you want to rename a file from one directory to another with the same name. For example, RENAM same partition. Rename prompts for any missing arguments. You may rename a .Run file, but if you rename a .Seg file youE dir1>prog.Pas * moves prog.pas from the directory "dir1" into the current directory. If there are no wild cards in the s must re-link the programs which use it. The source file for Rename may contain wild cards (for a description of the wild cource, an attempt to include in the destination name other wild card characters, besides the single "*" discussed above, maards, see the "PERQ Introductory User Manual"). If the source contains wild cards, the destination must contain the same wy lead to problems later. These extra wild - 54 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Rild cards in the same order. In this case, Rename finds all files in the directory which match the source pattern. For thesename 05 Feb 82 cards will be treated as simple literal characters. Because a file name with wild ce files, the part of the source file name that matched each wild card is used to replace the corresponding wild card in the ards in it is hard to specify, Rename requires confirmation before creating a file with wild cards in the name. If thdestination. As an example, for the command: RENAME foo*.abc# anotherdir>*baz.rmn#z The input file e the destination file already exists, Rename requests confir- mation before deleting. This can be disabled by using the swD  - 64 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Swap 05 Feb 82 e ^Q. This waiting can be disabled by using the /NOWAIT switch. The /WAIT switch, which is the default, causes the wa 45. Swap The Swap command enables or disables the virtual memory system. The command "SWAP NO" turns virtual meiting to happen. The final switch available is /HELP, which displays online documentation. The TypeFile command displmory off, and swaps all active segments into memory. "SWAP YES" turns swapping on. In this case, you may specify a partitioays a solid, left pointing triangle when it reaches the end of the file. TypeFile does extension completion on the file  - 63 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Statistics 05 Feb 82 44. Statn to use for the swap files. For example, SWAP YES Sys:Boot> enables swapping to the Sys:Boot> partition. When bootistics The operating system constantly collects statistics about the performance of the swapper. To display ting from the hard disk, swapping is initially enabled in the partition containing the boot file. If you simply specify SWAP he statistics after each execution completes, specify the command: STATISTICS Yes To end the display, type the comma YES with no partition name, this default partition is used. When booting from the floppy, swapping is initially disabled.nd: STATISTICS No After each program is executed, the Shell prints the Statistics for that program in the following We discourage swapping to a floppy disk because floppies have a small capacity, are slow, and may be dismounted at any t format: Load 1.6 secs. Exec 3.6 secs. IO 0.8 secs. Swap 0.1 secs. Move 0.ime. - 65 - 0 secs. Duty 97.2 percent. Load is the time spent loading the program and its modules into memory. Exec is th PERQ Utility Programs Manual - TypeFile 05 Feb 82 46. TypeFile Type displays any file or files e total time spent executing including IO, Swap and Move times. IO is the time spent doing Unit-level IO not includion the console. The command line: TYPEFILE FileSpecification displays a single file on the console. To displng IO time spent swapping. Swap is the amount of time spent swapping. Move is the amount of time spent moving segments from ay multiple files, sequentially, separate the file specifications with a comma (,). When the TypeFile command finds a one place in memory to another to try to find room for new allocation. Duty factor is the proportion of time spent in actuformfeed character (^L) in the file or when it gets to the bottom of the screen, it waits after displaying a screenful oal work. It is computed in the following way: 100 * (Exec - Swap - Move) / Exec f text. This permits the user to read the page before the screen is erased and the next page is displayed. To continue, typE n Run is another way to invoke the default file remembered by the Shell. If you have been editing, compiling and  the value 4, ScreenSize multiplies 4 by 128 and uses 512 as the number of scan lines (512 is half of the screen). ScreenSizlinking the default file, simply typing: RUN executes that default file. The Run command sets the default e accepts four switches to permit you to control the bottom portion of the display. The switches are: /ON file to the specified runfile. For example, the command: RUN Foo arg1 arg2 is the same as typing:  This switch permits you to see the data or code that is stored in the screen area. Th Foo arg1 arg2 except that the first command (Run Foo arg1 arg2) sets the default file to Foo. e memory manager is told that the memory is free, but the IO package still thinks it should be d - 57 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - isplayed. The screen package will not let you create a window or write into that area ScreenSize 05 Feb 82 39. ScreenSize The display on the PERQ screen is stored in memory and require (unless a program calls RasterOp or Line directly). This switch is the default condition, s 48K words (192 blocks). Sometimes it is advisable to give up some of the screen and allow this memory to be used for  unless an entry in the user profile has changed it (see Login above). /OFF This  storing data or programs. For example, the Scavenger runs with swapping off so it shrinks the screen to allow its data aswitch forces the bottom of the screen area to a solid color. /WHITE This switch nd code to fit into memory. Even when swapping is enabled, some programs, such as the compiler, want to trade speed for scforces the bottom of the screen area to the same color as the usable part of the screen. /BLACK file. The command line is: ReRun arguments The ReRun command is most useful when the default file has an esreen size. The ScreenSize command prompts for the number of scan lines used in the display for the next program run. Thpecially long name. For example, if "Programwithlongname" is the default file, the command: ReRun A b 3 is the same screen expands to full size after that program has completed. The full screen has 1024 lines in it. The number you sue as typing: Programwithlongname A b 3 pply must be greater than zero, less than or equal to 1024, and a multiple of 128 (e.g. 128, 512, 768, etc.). You can s - 56 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Run 05 Feb 82 38. Rupecify a number in the range 1 through 8 and ScreenSize will multiply the number by 128. For example, if you specify E st be in the root directory (top level) of the partition where the boot file is. Its command line takes the form: rd to be entered for the user. If you omit the switch for a new user, the  USERCONTROL [command][/switch(es)] If you include a command, UserControl executes the command and then exits to th password defaults to null. For an existing user, the password is unchanged if the switch e Shell. If you do not include a command, UserControl prompts with: UC> and waits for input. The following is omitted. - 67 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - UserControl  are valid commands: HELP Provides online documentation. ADDUSER [username][ 05 Feb 82 /GROUP=[group id] - permits an existing user to change /switch(es)] Adds a new user to the user file or, updates the information for an ethe group id or enters a group id for a new user. The value for group id can be anyxisting user. If you omit a username, the command prompts for one.  integer from 0 to 255 inclusive. If you do not specify a group id, you are promptename specified. If the file to print is FOO.PAS, it is only necessary to type FOO. The extensions that type knows about, i Any printing character except blanks, spaces, equal signs (=), commas (,), or slashes (/) n order tried, are: Pas, Micro, Cmd, Dfs, and Doc. If no filename is supplied on the command line, TypeFile will dis are valid usernames. The maximum number of characters is 31. The command play the default file name. This is the same default file used by the Editor, Linker, Run, etc. Unlike these programs, h accepts the following switches: /PASS - permits an existing user to change his owever, TypeFile does not change the default file name.  password or enters a password for a new user. Note that when you specify the /PASS switch,  - 66 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - UserControl 05 Feb 82 47. UserControl U UserControl prompts for the password. You can enter any printing character except blanks, serControl is used to maintain the System.Users file which contains information about valid users and their passwords, group spaces, equal signs (=), commas (,), or slashes (/). The maximum number of characters  identi- fiers, and user profiles. This information is used by the Login program (see above). The System.Users file mu is 31. You can also respond to the password prompt with CR. This causes a null passwoF  The Shell shrinks the screen automatically for certain programs. If - 58 - PERhs to search lists and to change their order. Its command line is: SETSEARCH [pathname][,pathname] If you do nQ Utility Programs Manual - ScreenSize 05 Feb 82 you explicitly call ScreenSize before these programs are ot specify a pathname, SetSearch displays the current search list and then permits you to change it or simply exit. If  run, then the Shell will not override your settings. you specify a file name, SetSearch pushes that name onto the search list; if it is a hyphen (-), the first item on the li - 59 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Scavenger st is popped off. The current search list is 5 items deep with the first and last slots reserved. SetSearch gives yo 05 Feb 82 40. Scavenger The Scavenger checks the filesystem's structures and fixes any errou a warning if you attempt to push something onto the first slot or pop something off the last. In addition, when you trs found. It can be called any time you suspect a filesystem problem or whenever you need to reconstruct a directory. ry to exit, SetSearch checks to make sure that the Shell can be found with the new search list and path. If not, you ar It is self-prompting. Its command line is: SCAVENGE For more details on this program, see the sectie asked for confirmation before exiting. on "Scavenger Program" in the PERQ File System Utilities Manual.  - 62 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - SetTime 05 Feb 82 43. SetTime The - 60 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - SetBaud  SetTime command allows you to specify the date and time. Specify the time and date as follows: DD MMM YY HH:M 05 Feb 82 41. SetBaud SetBaud allows you to specify the baud rate to the RS232 line. Valid baud rates areM:SS The time notation uses a 24 hour clock and the seconds are optional. An example command line which sets the date to Jun: 110; 150; 300; 600; 1200; 2400; 4800; and 9600. The command syntax is: SetBaud 4800 e 3, 1955 and the time to 3:30 PM folllows: SetTime 3 Jun 55 15:30 SetTime permits you to change only the time;  - 61 - PERQ Utilitif you omit the date, you correct the time.  This switch forces the bottom of the screen area to the opposite color of the general background.y Programs Manual - SetSearch 05 Feb 82 42. SetSearch SetSearch allows you to add and remove patF  existing user, the profile is unchanged if you omit the switch. CHECKUSER [username] dTabs SourceFile DestinationFile 27 FindString 28 Floppy [command][/switch(es)] 33 FTP [command][/ Validates a username and password. If you omit the username, the command promptsswitch(es)] 35 Help [Command] 36 Link Source{,Source}[~runfile]{/switch} 38 Login [UserName][/swit for one. NEWFILE Destroys the existing System.Users file and creatch(es)] 41 MakeBoot [RunFile] 42 MakeDir [FileSpecification] 43 Mount Device 44 ODTPRQ [es a new System.Users file. LISTUSERS Displays a list of all of the valid users. StateFileName] 45 Partition 46 Patch [filename] 47 Path [pathname] 48 Pause [message] 4 REMOVEUSER [username] Delete a user from the file. If you omit the usernam9 PERQ.Files 50 Print [FileSpecification] 51 PRQMic [RootFileName] 52 PRQPlace [RootFileNe, the command prompts for one. QUIT Exits the program. You can also specify the /HELame][ ListFileName] 53 QDis 54 Rename [SourceFile DestinationFile]{/switch} 56 Rerun [runfile arguP switch (type /HELP or press the HELP key) with any command or in response to any prompt to display specific help infoments] 57 Run [runFile args] 58 ScreenSize [/switch] 60 Scavenger 61 SetBaud [baudrate] rmation. - 68 - Contents and Quick Guide to Command Lines 05 F 62 SetSearch [pathname][,pathname] 63 SetTime 64 Statistics Yes/No 65 Swap Yes [Partitioeb 82 1 Preface: Notation Conventions. 2 Introduction 5 Question Mark: ? 6 Appenn] | No 66 TypeFile [FileSpecification][/switch] 67 UserControl [command][/switch(es)] d for a value. If you omit the switch for a new user, the group id defaults to 1. d [input1,input2,...inputn~output] 7 Bye [/switch] 8 Chatter 9 Compile [Destination~]SourceProg For an existing user, group id is unchanged if the switch is omitted. ram{/switch} 10 Copy [SourceFile DestinationFile]{/switch} 12 The Preliminary Debugger: Scrounge 16  /PROF=[profile] - specifies the complete path for the user's profile file.  Delete FileSpecification[/switch] 18 Details {/switch(es)/switch(es)} 19 Directory [FileSpecification]{/sw If you omit the switch for a new user, the default is SYS:USER>name>PROFILE. For an itch} 22 DirTree [RootDirectory] 23 Dismount Device 24 Edit [FileSpecification] 26 ExpanG  45. Swap The Swap command enables or disables the virtual memory system. The command "SWAP NO" turns virtual meiting to happen. The final switch available is /HELP, which displays online documentation. The TypeFile command displmory off, and swaps all active segments into memory. "SWAP YES" turns swapping on. In this case, you may specify a partitioays a solid, left pointing triangle when it reaches the end of the file. TypeFile does extension completion on the file  - 63 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Statistics 05 Feb 82 44. Statn to use for the swap files. For example, SWAP YES Sys:Boot> enables swapping to the Sys:Boot> partition. When bootistics The operating system constantly collects statistics about the performance of the swapper. To display ting from the hard disk, swapping is initially enabled in the partition containing the boot file. If you simply specify SWAP he statistics after each execution completes, specify the command: STATISTICS Yes To end the display, type the comma YES with no partition name, this default partition is used. When booting from the floppy, swapping is initially disabled.nd: STATISTICS No After each program is executed, the Shell prints the Statistics for that program in the following We discourage swapping to a floppy disk because floppies have a small capacity, are slow, and may be dismounted at any t format: Load 1.6 secs. Exec 3.6 secs. IO 0.8 secs. Swap 0.1 secs. Move 0.ime. - 65 - 0 secs. Duty 97.2 percent. Load is the time spent loading the program and its modules into memory. Exec is th PERQ Utility Programs Manual - TypeFile 05 Feb 82 46. TypeFile Type displays any file or files e total time spent executing including IO, Swap and Move times. IO is the time spent doing Unit-level IO not includion the console. The command line: TYPEFILE FileSpecification displays a single file on the console. To displng IO time spent swapping. Swap is the amount of time spent swapping. Move is the amount of time spent moving segments from ay multiple files, sequentially, separate the file specifications with a comma (,). When the TypeFile command finds a one place in memory to another to try to find room for new allocation. Duty factor is the proportion of time spent in actuformfeed character (^L) in the file or when it gets to the bottom of the screen, it waits after displaying a screenful oal work. It is computed in the following way: 100 * (Exec - Swap - Move) / Exec f text. This permits the user to read the page before the screen is erased and the next page is displayed. To continue, typ - 64 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - Swap 05 Feb 82 e ^Q. This waiting can be disabled by using the /NOWAIT switch. The /WAIT switch, which is the default, causes the waG  - iii - H  USERCONTROL [command][/switch(es)] If you include a command, UserControl executes the command and then exits to th password defaults to null. For an existing user, the password is unchanged if the switch e Shell. If you do not include a command, UserControl prompts with: UC> and waits for input. The following is omitted. - 67 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - UserControl  are valid commands: HELP Provides online documentation. ADDUSER [username][ 05 Feb 82 /GROUP=[group id] - permits an existing user to change /switch(es)] Adds a new user to the user file or, updates the information for an ethe group id or enters a group id for a new user. The value for group id can be anyxisting user. If you omit a username, the command prompts for one.  integer from 0 to 255 inclusive. If you do not specify a group id, you are promptename specified. If the file to print is FOO.PAS, it is only necessary to type FOO. The extensions that type knows about, i Any printing character except blanks, spaces, equal signs (=), commas (,), or slashes (/) n order tried, are: Pas, Micro, Cmd, Dfs, and Doc. If no filename is supplied on the command line, TypeFile will dis are valid usernames. The maximum number of characters is 31. The command play the default file name. This is the same default file used by the Editor, Linker, Run, etc. Unlike these programs, h accepts the following switches: /PASS - permits an existing user to change his owever, TypeFile does not change the default file name.  password or enters a password for a new user. Note that when you specify the /PASS switch,  - 66 - PERQ Utility Programs Manual - UserControl 05 Feb 82 47. UserControl U UserControl prompts for the password. You can enter any printing character except blanks, serControl is used to maintain the System.Users file which contains information about valid users and their passwords, group spaces, equal signs (=), commas (,), or slashes (/). The maximum number of characters  identi- fiers, and user profiles. This information is used by the Login program (see above). The System.Users file mu is 31. You can also respond to the password prompt with CR. This causes a null passwost be in the root directory (top level) of the partition where the boot file is. Its command line takes the form: rd to be entered for the user. If you omit the switch for a new user, the H I  Validates a username and password. If you omit the username, the command promptsswitch(es)] 35 Help [Command] 36 Link Source{,Source}[~runfile]{/switch} 38 Login [UserName][/swit for one. NEWFILE Destroys the existing System.Users file and creatch(es)] 41 MakeBoot [RunFile] 42 MakeDir [FileSpecification] 43 Mount Device 44 ODTPRQ [es a new System.Users file. LISTUSERS Displays a list of all of the valid users. StateFileName] 45 Partition 46 Patch [filename] 47 Path [pathname] 48 Pause [message] 4 REMOVEUSER [username] Delete a user from the file. If you omit the usernam9 PERQ.Files 50 Print [FileSpecification] 51 PRQMic [RootFileName] 52 PRQPlace [RootFileNe, the command prompts for one. QUIT Exits the program. You can also specify the /HELame][ ListFileName] 53 QDis 54 Rename [SourceFile DestinationFile]{/switch} 56 Rerun [runfile arguP switch (type /HELP or press the HELP key) with any command or in response to any prompt to display specific help infoments] 57 Run [runFile args] 58 ScreenSize [/switch] 60 Scavenger 61 SetBaud [baudrate] rmation. - 68 - Contents and Quick Guide to Command Lines 05 F 62 SetSearch [pathname][,pathname] 63 SetTime 64 Statistics Yes/No 65 Swap Yes [Partitioeb 82 1 Preface: Notation Conventions. 2 Introduction 5 Question Mark: ? 6 Appenn] | No 66 TypeFile [FileSpecification][/switch] 67 UserControl [command][/switch(es)] d for a value. If you omit the switch for a new user, the group id defaults to 1. d [input1,input2,...inputn~output] 7 Bye [/switch] 8 Chatter 9 Compile [Destination~]SourceProg For an existing user, group id is unchanged if the switch is omitted. ram{/switch} 10 Copy [SourceFile DestinationFile]{/switch} 12 The Preliminary Debugger: Scrounge 16  /PROF=[profile] - specifies the complete path for the user's profile file.  Delete FileSpecification[/switch] 18 Details {/switch(es)/switch(es)} 19 Directory [FileSpecification]{/sw If you omit the switch for a new user, the default is SYS:USER>name>PROFILE. For an itch} 22 DirTree [RootDirectory] 23 Dismount Device 24 Edit [FileSpecification] 26 Expan existing user, the profile is unchanged if you omit the switch. CHECKUSER [username] dTabs SourceFile DestinationFile 27 FindString 28 Floppy [command][/switch(es)] 33 FTP [command][/I J  Perq.Files - PERQ Files Information Perq.Files is a list of the files distributed with the Three Riv 20-25 Jan 82 LFK Put in shape to reflect D.65 changes and some things wroers Computer Corporation PERQ. Source files are included in this list, but please note that they are included with ng with D.65. 15 Jan 82 LFK New directory structure. Alphabetize ind the PERQ only if a source license is purchased. The User Library programs are also listed, but must be ordered from ex. 07 Jan 82 LFK Matched P.files to D.66 system - microcode 31 Dec 81 CLH Set up  Trust - The Three Rivers Users' Society. Copyright (C) 1981 Three Rivers Computer Corporation 720 Gross Stfor new FLOPPY, Real pascal com- piler, new Popcmdparse, etc. 07 Dec 81 reet Pittsburgh, PA 15224 (412) 621-6250 Modified: 01 Mar 82 LFK FTP LFK Added RealFunction. Updated utprogress. 24 Nov 81 LFK Mark change to Typefile.  19 Feb 82 LFK FTP Fix for d.6 09 Feb 82 LFK FLOPPYCOPY update, Documentation update.  23 Nov 81 LFK Scott change to STREAM. 19 Nov 81 LFK Strait changes. Szelza changes 3 d won. 09 Feb 82 LFK Added CANON index. 08 Feb 82 LFK Added nosource index. 01 19 Nov 81 LFK Changes to PLX, EDITOR, FLOPPYDUP. 17 Nov 81 LFK 26 updates submitt Feb 82 LFK Updated Documentation for D.6. 01 Feb 82 LFK Floppy updates and new command files. ed by JPS. 11 Nov 81 JM Changed PLX and PLXUTILS. 09 Nov 81 LFK Changed Floppydup 30 Jan 82 LFK Editor updates and deletions, and other updates.  (# of sides to copy). 03 Nov 81 LFK Z80 Documentation, Fix util. double dens. 02 Nov 8 29 Jan 82 LFK Brad's D.6 updates. 28 Jan 82 LFK Added ethernet stuff (s.j.) 1 LFK Changed Dirtree and added Dirtree.Cur. 02 Nov 81 LFK Split UTILITY -- Utility.Device.Source.  28 Jan 82 LFK New category for cmd files. (e.c.) 28 Jan 82 LFK Updates lights,stream,pasreal from  27 Oct 81 LFK Updated FILES.PROSE 27 Oct 81 LFK Added SetTime to OSPgms, updated Ty - iii - s.b. 28 Jan 82 LFK New compiler updates. 27 Jan 82 LFK Strait and Scelza updates.  27 Jan 82 LFK Updated Vfy.micro sysb.micro 27 Jan 82 LFK Added new test module. J K YSTEM SYSTEM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- short description.  Memory manager. MOVEMEM.PAS 1.6a MOVEME.PAS Memory manager utility to move segments. PpeFile. 26 Oct 81 LFK Changes to Microcode. 21 Oct 81 LFK Updated PLX and PLXUTILS ---------------------------- ACB.DFS 1.1 ACB.DFS A. 15 Oct 81 LFK Updated Editor. 14 Oct 81 LFK Plx and Floppydup update. ctivation control block definitions--common to microcode and Pascal. ALIGNMEMORY.PAS 1.1 ALIGNM 13 Oct 81 LFK Fix Swappability. 13 Oct 81 LFK D.98 Updates. 12 Oct 81 LFK.PAS Allocate buffers on multiples of 256 word boundaries. ARITH.PAS 2.2 ARITH.PAS  Split OS. 06 Oct 81 LFK Added SHIFT to Test. 30 Sep 81 LFK  Double precision arithmetic for the disk system. CODE.PAS 1.6 CODE.PAS  30 Sep 81 LFK D5-->D99 updates 19 Jul 81 JPS System D.5. 13 Jul 81 BAM (remo Run file and seg file definitions. CONTROLSTORE.PAS 1.2 CONTRO.PAS Load conved PDM.Seg stuff from Perq.Files) 10 Jul 81 BAM (fixed version numbers) 6 Jul 81 BAMtrolstore and jump to controlstore. DYNAMIC.PAS 1.4 DYNAMI.PAS Dynamic allocation routines  (removed EF1) 12 Jun 81 JPS 11 Jun 81 BAM 1 Jun 81 BAM - New and Dispose. EEB.DFS 1.0 EEB.DFS Exception Enable Block definitions--common to  4 Apr 81 DAS 21 Apr 81 JPS 4 Apr 81 JPS 31 Mar 81 JPS  Pascal and microcode EXCEPT.PAS 2.9 EXCEPT.PAS T 30 Mar 81 DAS 28 Mar 81 DAS 26 Mar 81 DAS 16 Mar 81 DAS he exceptions module. EXCEPT.DFS 1.4 EXCEPT.DFS Definitions of the exceptions--common to m 6 Mar 81 JPS. 4 Mar 81 JPS and DAS. 17 Feb 81 JPS. 26icrocode and Pascal. GETTIMESTAMP.PAS 1.4 GETTIM.PAS Get time an Jan 81 JPS. 22 Dec 80 JPS. 21 Nov 80 JPS. 20 Nov 80 JPS. d date as TimeStamp. LIGHTS.PAS 1.2 LIGHTS.PAS Definitions of the lights. LOADER.PAS  10 Nov 80 JPS. 23 Oct 80 JPS. >OS.SYSTEM.SOURCE - OPERATING S 2.6 LOADER.PAS Perq Q-Code loader. MEMORY.PAS 2.13 MEMORY.PAS K L  Common system definitions. VIRTUAL.PAS 2.8 VIRTUA.PAS The Swapper. VRD.DFS ROGRAMS.SOURCE - OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM SOURCES file name version file name on floppy --------- sho 1.0 VRD.DFS Variable Routine Descriptor Definitions common to Pasrt description. ----------------- CLOCK.PAS 1.6 CLOCK.PAS Get, set,cal and microcode. WRITER.PAS 2.2 WRITER.PAS Stream package output conversion routines.  convert time and date as TimeStamp or String. CMDPARSE.PAS 3.6 CMDPAR.PAS  >OS.SYSTEM.BINARY - OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SEGMENT FILES file name version file name on Command parser. DOSWAP.PAS 1.0 DOSWAP.PAS Module for handling the "swap" command for ASLONG.PAS 0.0 PASLON.PAS Handles double-precision integers. PASREAL.PAS 0.1  floppy --------- short description. --------------------------- ARITHPASREA.PAS Real numbers. PERQ_STRING.PAS 2.4 PERQST.PAS String manipulati.SEG 2.2 ARITH.SEG ALIGNMEMORY.SEG 1.1 ALIGNM.SEG CONTROLSTORE.SEG 1.2 CONTRO.SEG CODE.SEGon package. RD.DFS 1.1 RD.DFS Routine dictionary definitions--common to  1.6 CODE.SEG DYNAMIC.SEG 1.4 DYNAMI.SEG EXCEPT.SEG 2.9 EXCEPT.SEG GETTIMESTAMP microcode and Pascal. READER.PAS 2.1 READER.PAS Stream package input conversion ro.SEG 1.4 GETTIM.SEG LOADER.SEG 2.6 LOADER.SEG MEMORY.SEG 2.13 MEMORY.SEG MOVEMEM.SEG utines. REALFUNCTIONS.PAS 1.0 REALFU.PAS Standard floating-point functions. RUNREAD.PAS  1.6a MOVEME.SEG PASREAL.SEG - PASREA.SEG PASLONG.SEG - PASLON.SEG PERQ_STRING. 1.1 RUNREA.PAS Procedures to read run files. RUNWRITE.PAS 1.1 RUNWRI.PAS SEG 2.4 PERQST.SEG READER.SEG 2.1 READER.SEG REALFUNCTIONS.SEG 1.0 REALFU.SEG RUNREAD.SEG  Procedures to write run files. SCROUNGE.PAS 0.14 SCROUN.PAS The preliminary debugger 1.1 RUNREA.SEG RUNWRITE.SEG 1.1 RUNWRI.SEG SCROUNGE.SEG 0.14 SCROUN.SEG STREAM.. STREAM.PAS 1.20 STREAM.PAS Stream package base routines - Get and Put. SYSTEM.PAS SEG 1.20 STREAM.SEG :LINK - SYSTEM.6=SYSTEM/SYSTEM SYSTEM.SEG 2.4 SYSTEM.SE 2.4 SYSTEM.PAS Operating system main program. SYSTEMDEFS.PAS 1.2 SYSDEF.PAS G VIRTUAL.SEG 2.8 VIRTUA.SEG WRITER.SEG 2.2 WRITER.SEG >OS.PL